Search Images Maps Play YouTube News Gmail Drive More »
Sign in
Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Patents

  1. Advanced Patent Search
Publication numberCN201989425 U
Publication typeGrant
Application numberCN 201090000528
PCT numberPCT/JP2010/002170
Publication date28 Sep 2011
Filing date26 Mar 2010
Priority date31 Mar 2009
Also published asCA2755885A1, CA2755885C, CN101850662A, CN101850662B, CN101850675A, CN101850675B, CN104442042A, CN104442042B, DE102010012815A1, EP2236303A1, EP2236303B1, EP2414169A1, EP2414169B1, US8740482, US9409425, US9592692, US20100247208, US20100247212, US20160229210, WO2010113445A1
Publication number201090000528.4, CN 201090000528, CN 201989425 U, CN 201989425U, CN-U-201989425, CN201090000528, CN201090000528.4, CN201989425 U, CN201989425U, PCT/2010/2170, PCT/JP/10/002170, PCT/JP/10/02170, PCT/JP/2010/002170, PCT/JP/2010/02170, PCT/JP10/002170, PCT/JP10/02170, PCT/JP10002170, PCT/JP1002170, PCT/JP2010/002170, PCT/JP2010/02170, PCT/JP2010002170, PCT/JP201002170
Inventors山口晃志郎, 佐乡朗, 堀内誉史, 加藤努, 今牧照雄, 柴田康弘, 村田进, 野田宪吾
Applicant兄弟工业株式会社
Export CitationBiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan
External Links: SIPO, Espacenet
带盒和带式打印机 Cassette and a tape printer translated from Chinese
CN 201989425 U
Abstract  translated from Chinese
本实用新型提供带盒和带式打印机。 The utility model provides the tape cartridge and the tape printer. 带盒(30)包括盒壳(31)、被安装在盒壳(31)中的薄膜带(59)、头插入部(39)和受支撑部(391,392)。 Tape cassette (30) comprises a cassette case (31), is mounted in the cartridge housing (31) in the film strip (59), the head insertion portion (39) and by the support portions (391 and 392). 当带盒(30)被安装在带式打印机(1)中时,头保持器(74)被插入到头插入部(39)中。 When the tape cassette (30) is mounted in the tape printer (1), the first holder (74) is inserted into the head insertion portion (39). 受支撑部(391,392)在面向头插入部(39)的情况下被分别连接到该头插入部(39)的沿着薄膜带(59)的进给方向的上游侧端部和下游侧端部。 Upstream end by the support unit (391, 392) for facing the head insertion portion (39) of the case are connected to the head insertion portion (39) along the film strip (59) of the feed direction and the downstream side ends. 头保持器(74)分别在右边缘部和左边缘部上具有带盒支撑部(741,742)。 Head holder (74) having a cassette support (741, 742), respectively, on the right edge and left edge of the unit. 当带盒(30)被安装在带式打印机(1)中时,带盒支撑部(741,742)分别从下方支撑所述受支撑部(391,392)。 When the tape cassette (30) is mounted in the tape printer (1), the tape cassette support (741, 742) are supported from below by the support of the Ministry (391 and 392).
Claims(37)  translated from Chinese
1. 一种带盒(30),所述带盒包括:壳体(31),所述壳体具有顶表面(301)、底表面(302)、前表面和一对侧表面;缠绕带(55,57,59),所述缠绕带被安装在所述壳体内;头保持器插入部(39),所述头保持器插入部是在竖直方向上贯穿所述壳体延伸的空间,并且在平面图中具有长方形形状,所述长方形形状与所述前表面平行地延伸;第一受支撑部(391),所述第一受支撑部连接到所述头保持器插入部的第一端部,并且在与所述前表面平行的第一方向上面对所述头保持器插入部,所述第一端部是位于所述头保持器插入部的沿着所述带的供给方向的上游侧的端部,所述第一受支撑部是从所述底表面在朝向所述顶表面的方向上延伸的第一凹部,其中,在所述第一受支撑部和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第一距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关;第二受支撑部(39,所述第二受支撑部连接到所述头保持器插入部的第二端部,并且在与所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上面对所述头保持器插入部,所述第二端部是位于所述头保持器插入部的沿着所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部,所述第二受支撑部是从所述底表面在朝向所述顶表面的方向上延伸的第二凹部;和闭锁孔(820),所述闭锁孔(820)形成在所述带盒(30)的前壁(35)中。 A tape cassette (30), said tape cassette comprising: a housing (31), said housing having a top surface (301), a bottom surface (302), a front surface and a pair of side surfaces; wound tape ( 55,57,59), said wound tape is mounted within said housing; head holder insertion portion (39), said head holder insertion portion is a through space of the housing extending in the vertical direction, and having a rectangular shape in plan view, extending parallel to the surface of the rectangular shape of the front; a first support receiving portion (391), the first support receiving portion is connected to the head holder insertion portion in a first end portion and facing the head holder in a first direction parallel to the front surface of the insertion portion, said first end portion of the belt is located along the feed direction of the head holder insertion portion of the upstream side end portion, the first portion by the support from the bottom surface toward the first recess extending in a direction of said top surface, wherein, in said first receiving portion and the support being mounted on the The first distance in the vertical direction of the vertical center position of the band between the inner housing is constant, irrespective of the type of the tape; a second support receiving portion (39, the second support receiving portion a second end connected to the head holder insertion portion and face the head holder in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction of the insertion portion, the second end portion is located at the head holder insert feeding direction along the downstream side of the other end portion, the second by the support section from the bottom surface of the second recess in a direction extending toward the top surface; and a latch hole (820), said latching hole (820) formed in the front wall (35) of said tape cassette (30) in the.
2.根据权利要求1所述的带盒,其中:在所述第一受支撑部和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的第一距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关;在所述第二受支撑部和所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的第二距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关;并且所述第二距离等于所述第一距离。 The tape cassette according to claim 1, wherein: the first in the vertical direction by a first support portion and the vertical center of the strip is mounted within the housing between a position on the distance is constant, irrespective of the type of the tape; in the vertical direction in the vertical center support portion and the position of the second band by a second distance between is constant, and with the regardless of the type of said band; and the second distance is equal to said first distance.
3.根据权利要求1或2所述的带盒,进一步包括:钩接合部(397),所述钩接合部面对所述头保持器插入部,并且在所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向上位于所述第一受支撑部和所述第二受支撑部之间。 3. A tape cassette according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising: a hook engagement portion (397), said hook engagement portion facing the head holder insertion portion, and the longitudinal portion is inserted in the head holder Located in a direction between the support portion and the second portion of the first receiving support by.
4.根据权利要求1或2所述的带盒,进一步包括:受按压部(39,所述受按压部连接到所述头保持器插入部的所述第一端部,并且在所述第一方向上面对所述头保持器插入部,所述受按压部是从所述顶表面在朝向所述底表面的方向上延伸的第三凹部,所述受按压部位于所述第一受支撑部的上方并且在竖直方向上与所述第一受支撑部重叠。 4. The tape cassette 1 or 2, further comprises: receiving the pressing portion (39, the subject pressing portion connected to the head holder insertion portion of the first end portion, and the first one upwardly facing said head holder insertion portion, the subject pressing portion is recessed from the third portion of the top surface in a direction extending toward the bottom surface of the pressing portion by said first receiving and the upper support portion in the vertical direction with the first support receiving portion overlap.
5.根据权利要求4所述的带盒,其中,在所述受按压部和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的第三距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 5. The tape cassette according to claim 4, wherein, in the vertical direction in the third position of the vertical center distance between the pressing portion and the receiving belt is mounted within the housing between the constant, irrespective of the type of the tape.
6.根据权利要求5所述的带盒,其中:在所述第一受支撑部和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的第一距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关;并且所述第三距离等于所述第一距离。 6. A tape cassette according to claim 5, wherein: the first in the vertical direction by a first support portion and the vertical center of the strip is mounted within the housing between a position on the the distance is constant, irrespective of the type of the tape; and the third distance is equal to said first distance.
7.根据权利要求1或2所述的带盒,进一步包括:臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且由臂前表面和臂后表面限定,所述臂前表面是所述壳体的前表面的一部分,所述臂后表面被分开地设置在所述臂前表面的后部处且从所述顶表面延伸到所述底表面,由此限定所述头保持器插入部的一部分,所述臂部引导所述带朝向开口(77)排出,所述开口在所述壳体的前表面侧上将所述头保持器插入部与外部相连;和臂指示器部分(800),所述臂指示器部分适于指示所述带的类型,并且被形成在所述臂前表面中且被形成在所述开口的附近,所述臂指示器部分包括以与所述带的类型对应的样式布置的多个指示器,所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器是开关孔和表面部分中的任一种。 7. The tape cassette according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising: an arm (34), the arm portion on the front side of the head holder insertion portion adjacent to the head holder insertion portion, and is defined by the rear surface of the front surface of the arm and the arm, the arm is a part of the front surface of the front surface of the housing, the arm rear surface is separately provided at the rear surface of the front and from the top of the arm surface extending to said bottom surface, thereby defining a portion of the head holder insertion portion, the arm portion directing the tape toward the opening (77) is discharged, the opening in the front surface side of the housing will be The head holder insertion portion and connected to the outside; and an arm indicator portion (800), adapted to the type of the arm indicator portion indicating the tape, and is formed on the front surface of the arm and is formed by near said opening, the arm indicator portion includes a pattern corresponding to the type of arrangement of said belt and a plurality of indicators, each of said plurality of indicators is either an indicator switch hole and a surface portion one kind.
8.根据权利要求7所述的带盒,其中,所述带盒能够被安装在带式打印机(1)中和从所述带式打印机移除,将所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器相连的直线与相对于所述带式打印机而插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉。 8. A tape cassette according to claim 7, wherein, the tape cassette can be installed in the tape printer (1) and removed from the tape printer, the plurality of indicators each of indicator is connected with a straight line relative to the tape printer cassette insertion and removal of the cross-direction.
9.根据权利要求1所述的带盒,进一步包括:臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口(341),所述臂部将所述带与所述前表面平行地引导到所述出口,其中:所述壳体包括:顶壳(311),所述顶壳包括形成所述顶表面的顶壁(305);和底壳(312),所述底壳包括形成所述底表面的底壁(306);作为所述第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的,且被连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部;所述第一受支撑部(391)包括第一下侧平坦表面(391B),所述第一下侧平坦表面是所述第一凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,且位于比所述壳体的所述底表面高的位置;并且所述底壳包括第一下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述第一下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述第一下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述第一下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述第一下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动 9. A tape cassette according to claim 1, further comprising: an arm (34), the arm portion adjacent to the head holder insertion portion on a front side of the head holder insertion portion, and including the and an outlet portion of said front surface (341), said arm portion of said tape with the front surface parallel to the guide outlet, wherein: said housing comprises: a top case (311), said top shell comprises forming a top surface of said top wall (305); and the bottom case (312), said pan forming the bottom surface comprising a bottom wall (306); receiving as said first portion of said first support by making the recessed portion of the bottom wall is recessed upwardly formed, and are connected to the feeding direction of the arm portion along the upstream end portion; the first support receiving portion (391) comprises a first lower side flat surface (391B), the first lower flat surface side is the lower surface of the top wall portion of the first recess and positioned higher than the bottom surface of said housing position; and said pan comprises the first lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), the first lower regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and being disposed on an upstream side of said outlet along the feeding direction, the first lower side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction with the first lower planar surface spaced apart from the first lower regulating portion is adapted to limit the band in the downward direction move
10.根据权利要求9所述的带盒,进一步包括:排出引导部(49),所述排出引导部处于所述带的供给路径上的最下游位置,并且在所述带已经通过所述出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从所述带盒排出,其中,在所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第一下侧调节部之间在所述壳体的左右方向上的距离比在所述臂部的所述出口和所述排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 10. A tape cassette according to claim 9, further comprising: a discharge guide portion (49), said supply channel discharging most downstream position in the guide portion on the tape, and the tape has passed through the outlet guiding the tape after being discharged, and the tape is discharged from the tape cassette, wherein between the side of the first lower planar surface and the first lower regulating portion in the lateral direction of the housing distance shorter than the outlet in the arm and in the distance between the right and left direction guide portion of the discharge.
11.根据权利要求9或10所述的带盒,其中,在所述第一下侧平坦表面和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 11. The tape cassette according to claim 9 or claim 10, wherein, between the side of the first lower planar surface and the vertical center position is mounted in the housing of the tape in the vertical direction The distance is constant, irrespective of the type of the tape.
12.根据权利要求9或10所述的带盒,其中:所述底壳包括第二受支撑部(392),所述第二受支撑部在所述头保持器插入部的第二端部的附近被连接到所述头保持器插入部,所述第二端部是位于所述头保持器插入部的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部,所述第二受支撑部是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的第二凹部,并且所述第二受支撑部具有第二下侧平坦表面(392B),所述第二下侧平坦3表面是所述第二凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,且处于比所述壳体的所述底表面高的位置;所述第一下侧调节部在所述壳体的左右方向上位于所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第二下侧平坦表面之间的位置;并且所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第二下侧平坦表面从所述带的在竖直方向上的竖直中心位置间隔开相同的距离。 12. A tape cassette according to claim 9 or 10, wherein: the bottom case includes a second support receiving portion (392), said second portion by the support portion is inserted in said second end portion of the head holder The vicinity of the other end is connected to the head holder insertion portion, said second end portion is located along the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion on the downstream side of the second support receiving portion a second concave portion by the bottom wall of the recess formed up, and the second support receiving portion having a second lower flat surface (392B), 3 of the second lower planar surface of said second recess The lower surface of the top wall portion, and at higher than the position of a bottom surface of said housing; said first lower regulating portion located at a lower side of said first planar surface in the lateral direction of the housing and the position of the second lower planar surface between; and the side surface of the first lower planar and the second lower planar surface of the strip from the vertical center position in the vertical direction, are spaced apart the same distance.
13.根据权利要求12所述的带盒,进一步包括:带引导部(361,362),所述带引导部引导从所述出口排出的所述带,并且位于所述出口的沿所述供给方向的下游侧且在所述头保持器插入部的所述第二端部的附近,其中所述底壳包括第二下侧调节部(363),所述第二下侧调节部被设置在所述带引导部中,且以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述第二下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述第二下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 Supplying the tape guide portion (361, 362), the tape guide portion for guiding said tape from said outlet, and is located along the outlet: 13. The tape cassette according to claim 12, further comprising and the direction of the downstream side of the portion in the vicinity of the second end portion of the head holder insertion, wherein the bottom shell comprises a second lower regulating portion (363), the second lower regulating portion is provided in the The tape guide portion, and in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction and the second lower planar surface spaced from the second lower tape regulating portion adapted to limit the moving in a downward direction.
14.根据权利要求9或10所述的带盒,其中: 所述顶壳包括:受按压部(393),所述受按压部连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部,所述受按压部是通过使所述顶壁向下凹陷而形成的第三凹部,所述受按压部具有上侧平坦表面(393A),所述上侧平坦表面是所述第三凹部的底壁部分的上表面,位于所述第一下侧平坦表面的上方,且在平面图中与所述第一下侧平坦表面重叠;和上侧调节部,所述上侧调节部被设置在在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述上侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述上侧平坦表面间隔开,所述上侧调节部适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 14. The tape cassette according to claim 9 or claim 10, wherein: the top case includes: receiving the pressing portion (393), the upstream side by the pressing portion along the feeding direction is connected to the arm of the the ends of the recess by the third portion is pressed by the top wall down to depression and formed by pressing the upper portion having a flat surface (393A), the flat surface on the side of the third upper surface of the bottom wall of the recess portion, located above the first lower flat surface and overlap in the plan view of the first lower planar surface; and an upper regulation portion, the upper side regulating portion is provided In the arm portion and being disposed on the upstream side of the outlet along the feeding direction, the side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction with the upper spaced from the flat surface side, moving the side regulating portion is adapted to limit the upward direction with the upper.
15.根据权利要求1所述的带盒,进一步包括:臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口(341),所述臂部将所述带与所述前表面平行地引导到所述出口, 其中:所述壳体包括:顶壳(311),所述顶壳包括形成所述顶表面的顶壁(305);和底壳(312),所述底壳包括形成所述底表面的底壁(306);所述顶壳包括第一上侧突出部(396),所述第一上侧突出部(396)被连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部,且从所述顶壁向下突出,所述第一上侧突出部在其下端上具有上侧平坦表面(396A);作为所述第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部以所述上侧平坦表面作为所述顶壁部分的下表面;并且所述顶壳包括上侧调节部(381A,382A),所述上侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述上侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述上侧平坦表面间隔开,所述上侧调节部适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 15. A tape cassette according to claim 1, further comprising: an arm (34), the arm portion adjacent to the head holder insertion portion on a front side of the head holder insertion portion, and including the and an outlet portion of said front surface (341), said arm portion of said tape with the front surface parallel to the guide outlet, wherein: said housing comprises: a top case (311), said top shell includes forming the top surface of the top wall (305); and the bottom case (312), said pan comprises forming the bottom surface of the bottom wall (306); said top housing includes a first upper projecting portion (396 the upstream side end portion), the first upper projecting portion (396) is connected to the feeding direction along the arm, and projecting downwardly from said top wall, said first side of the projecting an upper portion having a flat surface (396A) at its lower end; as the first support receiving portion of the first recess portion to the upper flat surface as a lower surface of the top wall portion; and said top shell including upper regulating portion (381A, 382A), the upper side regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and being disposed on an upstream side of said outlet along the feeding direction, the upper regulating portion in accordance with The band width determined distance in the vertical direction of the housing on the side of the flat surface spaced apart, moving the side regulating portion is adapted to limit the upward direction of the strip in the upper.
16.根据权利要求15所述的带盒,进一步包括:排出引导部(49),所述排出引导部处于所述带的供给路径上的最下游位置,并且在所述带已经通过所述出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从所述带盒排出,其中,在所述上侧平坦表面和所述上侧调节部之间在所述壳体的左右方向上的距离比在所述臂部的所述出口和所述排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 16. A tape cassette according to claim 15, further comprising: a discharge guide portion (49), said supply channel discharging most downstream position in the guide portion on the tape, and the tape has passed through the outlet guiding the tape after being discharged, and the tape is discharged from the tape cassette, wherein the upper side of the flat surface and the distance in the lateral direction of the housing between the side regulating portion than the outlet and the discharge short distance in the horizontal direction between the guide portion in the arm.
17.根据权利要求15或16所述的带盒,其中,在所述上侧平坦表面和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的距离是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 17. The tape cassette according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein, in the distance in the vertical direction of the vertical flat side surface and a center position of the tape is mounted within the housing between the upper It is constant, irrespective of the type of the tape.
18.根据权利要求15或16所述的带盒,其中: 所述底壳包括:下侧突出部(3%),所述下侧突出部在与所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部相对的位置中从所述底壁向上突出,所述下侧突出部在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面(395B),所述下侧平坦表面是与所述上侧平坦表面接触的平坦表面;和下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 18. The tape cassette according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein: the bottom case includes: a lower side projecting portions (3%), with the lower side of the upper planar surface in addition to the upper projecting portion beyond the end of the end portion along the feeding direction downstream side of the planar surface in a position opposed projecting upwardly from the bottom wall, the projecting portion having a lower side of the lower side flat surface (395B) at its upper end said lower surface is a planar side in contact with the flat surface of the flat upper surface; and a lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), the lower side regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and is disposed in the upstream along the feeding direction of said outlet side, the lower side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction of the housing with the side of the lower planar surface spaced from the said lower side regulating portion adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.
19.根据权利要求15或16所述的带盒,其中:所述顶壳包括第二上侧突出部(399),所述第二上侧突出部从所述顶壁向下突出,且被连接到所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部,所述第二上侧突出部在其下端上具有上侧接触平坦表面(399A); 所述底壳包括:下侧突出部(395),所述下侧突出部在与所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部邻近的位置中从所述底壁向上突出,所述下侧突出部在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面(395B),所述下侧平坦表面是与所述上侧接触平坦表面接触的平坦表面;和下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 19. The cassette 15 or 16 wherein: the top case includes a second upper projecting portion (399), the second upper projecting portion projecting downward from the top wall, and is connected to the upper planar surface except the upper end portion of the flat surface of the downstream side of the feeding direction of the end portion, the second upper projecting portion having an upper side in contact with the lower end thereof flat surface (399A); the bottom case comprises: a lower side projecting portion (395), said lower and said upper planar surface in addition to the downstream side of the projecting portion along the feeding direction of the flat surface on the side of adjacent position beyond the end of the end portion side of the projecting upwardly from said bottom wall, the projecting portion having a lower side of the lower side flat surface (395B) at its upper end, the lower side is the flat surface an upstream-side regulating portion and the lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), is provided in the lower and the arm portion is arranged along the feeding direction of said outlet; upper contact flat surface in contact with the flat surface side, the lower side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction of the casing and the lower side of the planar surface spaced from said lower side regulating portion is adapted to limit the moving in a downward direction with.
20. 一种带式打印机(1),包括: 带盒(30),所述带盒包括:壳体(31),所述壳体具有顶表面(301)、底表面(302)、前表面和一对侧表面; 缠绕带(55,57,59),所述缠绕带被安装在所述壳体内;头保持器插入部(39),所述头保持器插入部是在竖直方向上贯穿所述壳体延伸的空间,并且在平面图中具有长方形形状,所述长方形形状与所述前表面平行地延伸;第一受支撑部(391),所述第一受支撑部连接到所述头保持器插入部的盒第一端部,并且在与所述前表面平行的第一方向上面对所述头保持器插入部,所述盒第一端部是所述头保持器插入部的位于沿着所述带的供给方向的上游侧的端部,所述第一受支撑部是从所述底表面在朝向所述顶表面的方向上延伸的第一凹部;和闭锁孔(820),所述闭锁孔(820)形成在所述带盒(30)的前壁(3中; 盒容纳部分(8),所述带盒被插入在所述盒容纳部分中或从所述盒容纳部分移除; 头保持器(74),所述头保持器在相对于所述盒容纳部分插入和移除所述带盒的方向上从所述盒容纳部分延伸,并支撑打印头(10),所述头保持器适于被插入在所述头保持器插入部中;和第一支撑部(741),所述第一支撑部被设置在所述头保持器上,以支撑作为所述带盒的第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部的顶壁部分,当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述第一支撑部被设置于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的上游侧。 20. A tape printer (1), comprising: a tape cassette (30), said tape cassette comprising: a housing (31), said housing having a top surface (301), a bottom surface (302), a front surface and a pair of side surfaces; winding belt (55,57,59), said wound tape is mounted within said housing; head holder insertion portion (39), said head holder insertion portion in the vertical direction extending through the space of the housing, and having a rectangular shape in plan view, extending parallel to the oblong shape of the front surface; a first support receiving portion (391), the first support receiving portion is connected to the the head holder insertion portion cassette first end portion, and in a first direction parallel to the surface of the front face of the head holder insertion portion, the first end portion of the cassette holder is inserted into the head portion located along the feed direction of the band end portion on the upstream side of the first support receiving portion is a first recess from the bottom surface in a direction toward said top surface extends; and a latching hole (820 ), said latching hole (820) formed in the front wall of the tape cassette (30) (in 3; cassette housing portion (8), the tape cassette is inserted in the cassette receiving portion of the cartridge or from receiving portion removed; head holder (74), said head holder with respect to said cassette accommodating portion of the tape cassette insertion and removal direction extending from the cartridge accommodating portion, and supports the print head (10 ), said head holder is adapted to be inserted in the head holder insertion portion; and the first support portion (741), the first support portion is provided on the head holder to support as the said top wall portion of the first support receiving portion of said first tape cassette recess, when the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the first support portion is provided on the an upstream side of the print head along the feed direction.
21.根据权利要求20所述的带式打印机,其中:所述头保持器是板状部件,所述板状部件具有比所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当所述带盒被安装在所述盒容纳部分中时,所述头保持器被沿着所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置;当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述头保持器的头第一端部位于所述头保持器插入部的所述盒第一端部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述头第一端部是在纵向方向上位于所述头保持器的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部;并且所述第一支撑部是通过切除所述头保持器的所述头第一端部的上部而在所述头保持器的预定高度位置处形成的阶形部。 21. A tape printer according to claim 20, wherein: the head holder is a plate-shaped member, said plate-like member having a length in the longitudinal direction than the head holder insertion portion of the long length, and when The tape cartridge is mounted in the longitudinal direction when the head holder is inserted along the head portion of the cartridge holder accommodating portion disposed; when the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion when the upstream side portion, the head holder head located along said first end portion of the cassette feed direction of the head holder insertion portion of the first end portion, said head portion at a first end located on the upstream side of the end portion of the head holder along the longitudinal direction of the feeding direction; and an upper portion of the first supporting head first end portion of the holder is cut through the head and in the stepped portion at a predetermined height position of said head holder formed.
22.根据权利要求20或21所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括第二受支撑部(392),所述第二受支撑部连接到所述头保持器插入部的盒第二端部,并且在与所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上面对所述头保持器插入部, 所述盒第二端部是所述头保持器插入部的位于沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部,所述第二受支撑部是从所述底表面在朝向所述顶表面的方向上延伸的第二凹部;并且所述带式打印机进一步包括第二支撑部(742),所述第二支撑部(74被设置在所述头保持器上,以支撑作为所述带盒的第二受支撑部的所述第二凹部的顶壁部分,当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述第二支撑部被设置于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的下游侧。 22. A tape printer according to claim 20 or 21, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a second support receiving portion (392), the second support receiving portion is connected to the head holder insertion portion of the cartridge a second end portion, and facing the head holder in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction of the insertion portion, the cassette second end along said supply of said head holder insertion portion is located the other end portion of the downstream side of the direction, the second support receiving portion from the bottom surface toward the second concave portion on said top surface extending direction; and said tape printer further comprises a second support portion (742), the second support section (74 is provided on the head holder to support a ceiling wall portion of the second by the support portion of the tape cassette of the second recess, when the head When the retainer is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the second support portion is provided on the downstream side of the print head along the feed direction.
23.根据权利要求22所述的带式打印机,其中:所述头保持器是板状部件,所述板状部件具有比所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当所述带盒被安装在所述盒容纳部分中时,所述头保持器被沿着所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置;并且所述第二支撑部是在与布置所述头保持器的方向垂直的方向上的预定高度位置处从所述头保持器的头第二端部延伸的延伸片,所述头第二端部是在纵向方向上位于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 23. A tape printer according to claim 22, wherein: the head holder is a plate-shaped member, said plate-like member having a length in the longitudinal direction than the head holder insertion portion of the long length, and when The tape cartridge is mounted in the longitudinal direction when the head holder is inserted along the head portion of the cartridge holder accommodating portion disposed; and said second support portion is arranged in keeping with the head along the extending direction of the sheet at a predetermined height position in the vertical direction on the head holder from a second end portion extending head, the head is located at the second end portion of the print head in the longitudinal direction the other end portion of the downstream side of the feeding direction.
24.根据权利要求20所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括第二受支撑部(392),所述第二受支撑部连接到所述头保持器插入部的盒第二端部,并且在与所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上面对所述头保持器插入部, 所述盒第二端部是所述头保持器插入部的位于沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部,所述第二受支撑部是从所述底表面在朝向所述顶表面的方向上延伸的第二凹部;第一距离和第二距离彼此相等,所述第一距离是在所述第一受支撑部和被安装在所述壳体内的所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的距离,所述第二距离是在所述第二受支撑部和所述带的竖直中心位置之间的在竖直方向上的距离;所述带式打印机进一步包括第二支撑部(742),所述第二支撑部(74被设置在所述头保持器上,以支撑作为所述带盒的第二受支撑部的所述第二凹部的顶壁部分,当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述第二支撑部被设置于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的下游侧;所述头保持器是板状部件,所述板状部件具有比所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当所述带盒被安装在所述盒容纳部分中时,所述头保持器被沿着所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置;当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述头保持器的头第一端部位于所述头保持器插入部的所述盒第一端部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述头第一端部是在所述纵向方向上位于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部;所述第一支撑部是通过切除所述头保持器的所述头第一端部的上部而在所述头保持器的预定高度位置处形成的阶形部;所述第二支撑部是在与布置所述头保持器的方向垂直的方向上的预定高度位置处从所述头保持器的头第二端部延伸的延伸片,所述头第二端部是在纵向方向上位于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部;所述第一支撑部和所述第二支撑部在平面图中分别在彼此垂直的方向上延伸;并且所述第一支撑部和所述第二支撑部在所述头保持器上被设置在相同的高度位置处。 24. A tape printer according to claim 20, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a second support receiving portion (392), the second support receiving portion is connected to the head holder insertion portion in the second cassette end, and in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction to face the head holder insertion portion, the cassette second end is the head holder insertion portion located along said feeding direction the other end portion of the downstream side of the second support receiving portion from the bottom surface toward the second recessed portion extending in a direction of a top surface; a first distance and a second distance equal to each other, the first The first distance is the distance in the vertical direction by a vertical central support portion and said band being mounted within said housing between said positions, said second distance is in the second receiving a distance in the vertical direction and the vertical center position of the supporting portion of the belt between; said tape printer further comprises a second support portion (742), the second support portion (74 is provided in the Head holding device to support as the top wall portion of the second by the support portion of the tape cassette of the second recess when the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the The second support portion is disposed at a downstream side of the print head along the feed direction of; the head holder is a plate-shaped member, said plate-like member having an insertion head than the longitudinal direction of the holder portion of the length long length, and when the tape cassette is mounted in the cassette accommodating portion, said head holder is inserted in the longitudinal direction are arranged along a portion of the head holder; when the head holder is inserted in the When an upstream side of the head holder insertion portion, the head portion of a first end of the head holder is positioned along the feed direction of the head of the cartridge holder insertion portion of the first end portion, said head the upstream side end portion is located at a first end portion of the print head along the feed direction in the longitudinal direction; the first support portion is a head holder by cutting the first end of the head an upper portion of the stepped portion and at a predetermined height position of the head holder is formed; the second support section is at a predetermined height position in the direction of arrangement of said head holding unit in the direction from the perpendicular on a downstream end portion of the other side of the head chip holder extending second end portion extending head, the head is located at the second end portion of the print head along the feed direction in the longitudinal direction; the first support portion and the second support portion in a direction extending perpendicular to each other in a plan view, respectively; and the first support portion and the second support portion to the head holder is placed at the same height position .
25.根据权利要求22所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括钩接合部(397),所述钩接合部面对所述头保持器插入部,并且在所述头保持器插入部的纵向方向上位于所述第一受支撑部和所述第二受支撑部之间;并且所述带式打印机进一步包括钩(75),所述钩被设置在当所述带盒安装在所述盒容纳部分中时与所述钩接合部相对的位置中,并且从所述盒容纳部分在插入和移除所述带盒的方向上延伸,所述钩适于与所述钩接合部接合。 25. A tape printer according to claim 22, wherein: the tape cassette further comprises a hook engagement portion (397), said hook engagement portion facing the head holder insertion portion, and held in the head the longitudinal direction of the insertion portion is positioned between the support portion and the second portion of the first receiving support by; and the tape printer further includes a hook (75), said hook being provided when said tape cartridge is mounted In the position with the hook engagement portion opposite said cartridge receiving portion, and partly on insertion and removal of the tape cartridge from the cartridge housing extends, said hook adapted to engage with the hook Department of engagement.
26.根据权利要求20或21所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括受按压部(393),所述受按压部连接到所述头保持器插入部的所述盒第一端部,并且在所述第一方向上面对所述头保持器插入部,所述受按压部是从所述顶表面在朝向所述底表面的方向上延伸的第三凹部,所述受按压部位于所述第一受支撑部的上方并且在竖直方向上与所述第一受支撑部重叠;并且所述带式打印机进一步包括:盖(6),所述盖适于覆盖被安装在所述盒容纳部分中的所述带盒的顶表面;和按压部件(7),所述按压部件从所述盖的下表面向下延伸,且适于按压作为所述受按压部的所述第三凹部的底壁部分。 26. A tape printer according to claim 20 or 21, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a press receiving portion (393), the subject pressing portion connected to the head holder insertion portion of the first cartridge end, and facing the head holder insertion portion in the first direction, said third receiving recess portion is pressed from the top surface in a direction extending toward the bottom surface of the subject said pressing portion is located above the first support receiving portion and in the vertical direction with the first support receiving portion overlap; and the tape printer further comprising: a cover (6), the cover is adapted to be mounted cover In the cassette receiving portion of a top surface of said tape cassette; and a pressing member (7), the pressing member extending downwardly from the lower surface of the lid, and adapted to press the pressed portion as the subject The third part of the bottom wall of said recess.
27.根据权利要求20或21所述的带式打印机,其中: 所述带盒进一步包括:臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且由臂前表面和臂后表面限定,所述臂前表面是所述壳体的前表面的一部分,所述臂后表面被分开地设置在所述臂前表面的后部处且从所述顶表面延伸到所述底表面,由此限定所述头保持器插入部的一部分,所述臂部引导所述带朝向开口(77)排出,所述开口在所述壳体的前表面侧上将所述头保持器插入部与外部相连;和臂指示器部分(800),所述臂指示器部分适于指示所述带的类型,并且被形成在所述臂前表面中且被形成在所述开口的附近,所述臂指示器部分包括以与所述带的类型对应的样式布置的多个指示器,所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器是开关孔和表面部分中的任一种;所述带式打印机进一步包括:多个检测开关010),所述多个检测开关突出成与被安装在所述盒容纳部分中的所述带盒的臂指示器部分面对,所述多个检测开关中的每一个检测开关适于面对所述臂指示器部分中的开关孔从而处于关状态下,或者面对所述表面部分从而处于开状态下;和带类型识别部分,所述带类型识别部分基于所述多个检测开关的开状态和关状态的组合来识别出所述带的类型。 27. A tape printer according to claim 20 or 21, wherein: the tape cassette further comprises: an arm (34), the adjacent arm portion on the front side of the head holder insertion portion in the the head holder insertion portion, and the surface is defined by the rear surface of the front arm and an arm, the arm is a part of the front surface of the front surface of the housing, the arm rear surface is separately provided at the rear surface of the front arm portion and extending from said top surface to said bottom surface, thereby defining a portion of the head holder insertion portion, the arm portion directing the tape toward the opening (77) is discharged, said opening in said housing will be the front surface side of the body of the head holder insertion portion and connected to the outside; and an arm indicator portion (800), adapted to the type of the arm indicator portion indicating the tape, and is formed in front of the arm surface and is formed in the vicinity of the opening, the arm indicator portion includes a plurality of indicators corresponding to the type of the tape with the arrangement pattern of the plurality of indicators each indicator is a switch holes and any one surface portion; said tape printer further comprising: a plurality of detecting switches 010), the plurality of detecting switches protrudes and is mounted in the cassette receiving portion of the tape cartridge arm indicator portion facing the plurality of detecting switches each detecting switch arm indicator portion adapted to face the hole so that the switch is in the OFF state, or the surface facing portion so that in the open state ; and a tape type identification section, part of the belt type recognition based on a combination of the plurality of open state detection switch on and off states to identify the type of the tape.
28.根据权利要求27所述的带式打印机,其中:将所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器相连的直线与插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉;并且将所述多个检测开关中的每一个检测开关相连的直线与插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉。 28. The tape printer according to claim 27, wherein: the direction of the straight line and the cassette tape insertion and removal of the plurality of indicators each of a cross-linked pointer; and the plurality Each detection switch detection switch straight insertion and removal direction of the cross-linked tape cassette.
29.根据权利要求20所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口(341),所述臂部将所述带与所述前表面平行地引导到所述出口;所述壳体包括:顶壳(311),所述顶壳包括形成所述顶表面的顶壁(305);和底壳(312),所述底壳包括形成所述底表面的底壁(306);作为所述第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的,且被连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部;所述第一受支撑部包括第一下侧平坦表面(391B),所述第一下侧平坦表面是所述第一凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,且位于比所述壳体的底表面高的位置;所述第一支撑部支撑所述第一下侧平坦表面;并且所述底壳包括第一下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述第一下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述第一下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述第一下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述第一下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 29. A tape printer according to claim 20, wherein: the tape cassette further includes an arm (34), the arm portion on the front side of the head holder insertion portion adjacent to said head holder the insertion portion, and including a portion of the front surface and an outlet (341), said arm portion of said belt and guiding said front surface parallel to said outlet; said housing comprising: a top case (311), The top case includes forming the top surface of the top wall (305); and the bottom case (312), said pan comprises forming the bottom surface of the bottom wall (306); as part of the first receiving support an upstream end portion of the first side of the concave portion by said bottom wall recess formed upwardly, and are connected to said feeding direction along said arm; said first portion includes a first receiving support under side flat surface (391B), the first lower flat surface side is the lower surface of the top wall portion of the first recess and positioned higher than the bottom surface of said housing position; the first support section supported the first lower planar surface; and said pan comprises a first lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), the first lower regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and being disposed in the outlet the upstream side in the feeding direction, the first lower regulating portion in the tape width according to the determined distance in the vertical direction with the first lower planar surface spaced apart from the first lower side regulating portion adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.
30.根据权利要求四所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括排出引导部G9),所述排出弓丨导部处于所述带的供给路径上的最下游位置,并且在所述带已经通过所述出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从所述带盒排出;并且在所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第一下侧调节部之间在所述壳体的左右方向上的距离比在所述臂部的所述出口和所述排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 30. A tape printer according to claim four, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a discharge guide portion G9), said supply channel discharging most downstream position in the bow 丨 guide portion on the tape, and in the said band has been guided by the exit of the tape after being discharged, and the tape discharged from the tape cassette; and between the side of the first lower flat surface and the first lower regulating portion in the from the left and right directions on said housing than the outlet in the arm and the discharge short distance in the horizontal direction between the guide portion.
31.根据权利要求四或30所述的带式打印机,其中:所述底壳包括第二受支撑部(392),所述第二受支撑部在所述头保持器插入部的盒第二端部的附近被连接到所述头保持器插入部,所述盒第二端部是位于所述头保持器插入部的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部,所述第二受支撑部是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的第二凹部,并且所述第二受支撑部具有第二下侧平坦表面(392B),所述第二下侧平坦表面是所述第二凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,且处于比所述壳体的所述底表面高的位置;所述第一下侧调节部在所述壳体的左右方向上位于所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第二下侧平坦表面之间的位置;并且所述第一下侧平坦表面和所述第二下侧平坦表面从所述带的在竖直方向上的竖直中心位置间隔开相同的距离;所述带式打印机进一步包括第二支撑部(742),所述第二支撑部被设置在所述头保持器上,以支撑所述带盒的所述第二下侧平坦表面,当所述头保持器被插入在所述头保持器插入部中时,所述第二支撑部被设置于所述打印头的沿所述供给方向的下游侧;并且所述第一支撑部和所述第二支撑部在所述头保持器上被设置在相同的高度位置处。 31. A tape printer according to claim 30 or IV, wherein: the bottom case includes a second support receiving portion (392), the second support receiving portion of the head holder insertion portion in the second cassette vicinity of the end portion is connected to the head holder insertion portion, the other end portion of the cartridge is located at the second end portion of the head holder insertion portion in the feed direction along the downstream side of the second by the support portion is a second concave portion by said bottom wall recess formed upward, and the second support receiving portion having a second lower flat surface (392B), the second lower flat surface side is the first the lower surface of the second top wall portion of the recess, and at higher than the position of a bottom surface of said housing; said first lower regulating portion located at said first lower side in the lateral direction of the housing position of the flat surface and the side of the second lower planar surface between; and the planar surface of said first side and said second lower planar surface spaced from the lower side of the vertical center position of the tape in the vertical direction, open the same distance; said tape printer further comprises a second support portion (742), the second support portion is provided on the head holder to support the tape cassette of the second lower planar surface when the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the second support portion is provided on the downstream side of the print head along the feed direction; and the first support section and the second support portion to the head holder is placed at the same height position.
32.根据权利要求31所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括带引导部(361,362),所述带引导部引导从所述出口排出的所述带,并且位于所述出口的沿所述供给方向的下游侧且在所述头保持器插入部的所述盒第二端部附近;并且所述底壳包括第二下侧调节部(363),所述第二下侧调节部被设置在所述带引导部中, 且以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述第二下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述第二下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 32. A tape printer according to claim 31, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a tape guide portion (361, 362), the tape guide portion for guiding said tape from said outlet, and located in the along the downstream side of the outlet of the feeding direction of said head and inserted in the cartridge holder portion in the vicinity of the second end portion; and the bottom case includes a second lower regulating portion (363), the second lower side regulating portion is provided on the tape guide portion, and in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction and the second lower planar surface spaced apart from, the second lower regulating portion adapted to limit the movement of the tape in the downward direction.
33.根据权利要求四或30所述的带式打印机,其中: 所述顶壳包括:受按压部(393),所述受按压部连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部,所述受按压部是通过使所述顶壁向下凹陷而形成的第三凹部,所述受按压部具有上侧平坦表面(393A),所述上侧平坦表面是所述第三凹部的底壁部分的上表面,位于所述第一下侧平坦表面的上方,且在平面图中与所述第一下侧平坦表面重叠;和上侧调节部,所述上侧调节部被设置在在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述上侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在竖直方向上与所述上侧平坦表面间隔开,所述上侧调节部适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动, 所述带式打印机进一步包括:盖(6),所述盖适于覆盖被安装在所述盒容纳部分中的所述带盒的顶表面;和按压部件(7),所述按压部件从所述盖的下表面向下延伸并且适于按压所述上侧平坦表面。 33. A tape printer according to claim 30 or IV, wherein: the top case includes: receiving the pressing portion (393), said pressing portion by the upstream direction is connected to the feeding direction of the side arm end of the third recess portion, the receiving portion is pressed by said top wall downward recess formed by the pressing portion having an upper flat surface (393A), the flat surface on the side of the first The upper surface of the bottom wall portion of the three recesses, located above the first lower flat surface and overlap in plan view and the first lower planar surface; and an upper regulation portion, the upper portion is adjusted side regulating portion is provided in accordance with the width of the determined distance in the vertical direction in the arm portion and being disposed on the upstream side of the outlet along the feeding direction, the upper spaced from the upper flat surface, moving the side regulating portion is adapted to limit the band in the upward direction, said tape printer further comprising: a cover (6), the cover is adapted to be mounted on the cover the top surface of the cartridge accommodating portion of the tape cassette; and a pressing member (7), the pressing member extending downwardly from the lower surface of the lid and adapted to press on the side of the flat surface.
34.根据权利要求20所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括臂部(34),所述臂部在所述头保持器插入部的前侧上邻近于所述头保持器插入部,且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口(341),所述臂部将所述带与所述前表面平行地引导到所述出口;所述壳体包括:顶壳(311),所述顶壳包括形成所述顶表面的顶壁(305);和底壳(312),所述底壳包括形成所述底表面的底壁(306);所述顶壳包括第一上侧突出部(396),所述第一上侧突出部(396)被连接到所述臂部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部,且从所述顶壁向下突出,所述第一上侧突出部在其下端上具有上侧平坦表面(396A);作为所述第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部以所述上侧平坦表面作为所述顶壁部分的下表面;所述第一支撑部(741)支撑所述上侧平坦表面;并且所述顶壳包括上侧调节部(381A,382A),所述上侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述上侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述上侧平坦表面间隔开,所述上侧调节部适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 34. A tape printer according to claim 20, wherein: the tape cassette further includes an arm (34), the arm portion on the front side of the head holder insertion portion adjacent to said head holder the insertion portion, and including a portion of the front surface and an outlet (341), said arm portion of said belt and guiding said front surface parallel to said outlet; said housing comprising: a top case (311), The top case includes forming the top wall of the top surface (305); and the bottom case (312), said pan comprises forming the bottom surface of the bottom wall (306); said housing includes a first upper top the upstream end portion side protruding portion (396), the first upper projecting portion (396) is connected to the feeding direction along the arm, and projecting downwardly from said top wall, said first an upper projecting portion having an upper flat surface (396A) at its lower end; as the first support receiving portion of the first recess portion to the upper flat surface as a lower surface of the top wall portion; the said first support portion (741) on the support side of the planar surface; and the top case includes an upper regulating portion (381A, 382A), the upper side regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and is disposed upstream of the outlet along the feeding direction, the upper regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction of the housing on the side of the flat surface with spaced apart, side regulating portion adapted to restrict movement of the belt in the upward direction of the upper.
35.根据权利要求34所述的带式打印机,其中:所述带盒进一步包括排出引导部G9),所述排出弓丨导部处于所述带的供给路径上的最下游位置,并且在所述带已经通过所述出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从所述带盒排出;并且在所述上侧平坦表面和所述上侧调节部之间在所述壳体的左右方向上的距离比在所述臂部的所述出口和排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 35. A tape printer according to claim 34, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a discharge guide portion G9), said supply channel discharging most downstream position in the bow 丨 guide portion on the tape, and in the after said tape has been discharged through the outlet guiding the tape, and the tape is discharged from the tape cassette; and the housing and between the flat surface side regulating portion in the upper side of the upper from the right and left direction in the short distance between the left and right direction guide section than the outlet in the arm and discharged.
36.根据权利要求34或35所述的带式打印机,其中:所述底壳包括:下侧突出部(395),所述下侧突出部在与所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部相对的位置中从所述底壁向上突出,所述下侧突出部在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面(395B),所述下侧平坦表面是与所述上侧平坦表面接触的平坦表面;和下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 36. The tape printer according to claim 34 or claim 35, wherein: the bottom case includes: a lower side projecting portion (395), said lower planar with the upper surface of the upper projecting portions except beyond the end of the end portion along the feeding direction downstream side of the planar surface in a position opposed projecting upwardly from the bottom wall, the projecting portion having a lower side of the lower side flat surface (395B) at its upper end said lower surface is a planar side in contact with the flat surface of the flat upper surface; and a lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), the lower side regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and is disposed in the upstream along the feeding direction of said outlet side, the lower side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction of the housing with the side of the lower planar surface spaced from the said lower side regulating portion adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.
37.根据权利要求34或35所述的带式打印机,其中:所述顶壳包括第二上侧突出部(399),所述第二上侧突出部从所述顶壁向下突出,且被连接到所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部,所述第二上侧突出部在其下端上具有上侧接触平坦表面(399A);所述底壳包括:下侧突出部(395),所述下侧突出部在与所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部邻近的位置中从所述底壁向上突出,所述下侧突出部在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面(395B),所述下侧平坦表面是与所述上侧接触平坦表面接触的平坦表面;和下侧调节部(381B,382B),所述下侧调节部被设置在所述臂部中且被设置在所述出口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧,所述下侧调节部以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离在所述壳体的竖直方向上与所述下侧平坦表面间隔开,所述下侧调节部适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 37. The tape printer 34 or 35 wherein: the top case includes a second upper projecting portion (399), the second upper projecting portion projecting downward from the top wall, and It is connected to the upper flat surface except the ends of the upper flat surface along the feed direction of the downstream side of the end portion of the second upper projecting portion having an upper side on its lower end contacting a flat surface (399A); the bottom case comprises: a lower side projecting portion (395), the lower side of the projecting portion and the upper planar surface except the upper planar surface along the feed direction adjacent position beyond the end of the end portion of the downstream side of the projecting upwardly from the bottom wall, the projecting portion having a lower side of the lower side of the flat surface (395B) at its upper end, the lower side of the planar surface is said upper contact flat surface of the contact flat surface; and a lower regulating portion (381B, 382B), the lower side regulating portion is provided in the arm portion and being disposed in said outlet along said feeding direction an upstream side, the lower side regulating portion in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction of the housing with the side of the lower planar surface spaced from the lower side regulating portion is adapted to limit the the mobile belt in the downward direction.
Description  translated from Chinese

带盒和带式打印机 Cassette and a tape printer

技术领域 Technical Field

[0001] 本实用新型涉及一种被以可拆除方式安装在带式打印机中的带盒。 [0001] The utility model relates to a removably mounted to the tape cassette printer. 本实用新型还涉及一种带式打印机,其被构造为将带盒以可拆除方式容纳在其内并且在被包括于带盒中的带上执行打印。 The utility model also relates to a tape printer, which is constructed as the tape cassette is removably received therein and are included in the print cartridge belt in execution.

背景技术 Background

[0002] 已知一种被构造成以可拆除方式安装在带式打印机的盒容纳部分中的带盒。 [0002] it is known which is configured to be removably mounted in the tape printer cassette housing portion of the tape cassette. 该带盒具有箱状形状,并且容纳作为打印介质的带和墨带。 The tape cassette has a box-like shape, and accommodates the tape as the print medium and the ink ribbon. 在带式打印机中,打印头在从安装于盒容纳部分中的带盒拉出的带上打印字符例如字母。 In the tape printer, the print head is installed in the cassette housing portion from the cassette tape is pulled out of the printable characters such as letters.

[0003] 带盒被插入到具有沿着向上方向的开口的盒容纳部分中,从而带盒的底壁与盒容纳部分相对。 [0003] The tape cartridge is inserted into the opening in the upward direction having a cartridge receiving portion, whereby the bottom wall of the tape cassette relative to the cassette accommodating portion. 利用已知的带盒和已知的带式打印机,当带盒被安装时,可以通过将设于盒容纳部分中的定位销插入到设于带盒的底壁中的销孔中来决定该带盒沿竖直方向的位置。 Using known and known cassette tape printer when the tape cassette is installed, can be provided in the cassette housing portion of the positioning pin is inserted into the cassette provided in the bottom wall of the pin holes to determine the tape cassette in the vertical direction of the position.

[0004] 引用列表 [0004] The reference list

[0005] 专利文献 [0005] Patent Document

[0006] [PTL 1]日本专利公开4-133756 实用新型内容 [0006] [PTL 1] Japanese Utility Model Patent Publication 4-133756 content

[0007] 在上述的已知带盒中,销孔被设置在底壁周边附近的两个部位上。 [0007] In the known tape cassette, the pin hole is provided on two portions around the perimeter of the bottom wall. 相应于销孔的位置,定位销被设置在带式打印机的盒容纳部分中的两个部位上。 A position corresponding to the pin holes, positioning pins are provided on the tape printer cassette housing portion two portions. 因此,在该已知带盒中, 用于沿竖直方向定位该带盒的部位与用于置放打印头的位置分离,该打印头用于在所述带上打印。 Thus, in the known tape cassette, positioning portions for the vertical direction of the tape cassette and the position of the print head for placement separation, the print head for printing the tape. 因此,即使当通过将定位销插入到销孔中而定位该带盒时,利用打印头打印的中心位置和所述带沿带宽度方向的中心位置也可能错位。 Therefore, even when the positioning pin is inserted through the pin holes and positioning the tape cartridge printheads utilize the center position and the center position of the band along the width direction may also be misplaced. 因此,可能没有获得良好的打印结 Therefore, you may not get good print knot

:^ ο : ^ Ο

[0008] 本实用新型的一个目的在于提供一种带盒,当该带盒被安装在带式打印机中时, 该带盒使得能够沿竖直方向准确定位该带盒。 [0008] The utility model is an object to provide a tape cassette, when the cassette is mounted in the tape printer, the tape cartridge enables accurate positioning of the tape cassette in the vertical direction. 本实用新型的另一个目的在于提供一种带式打印机,当带盒被安装在该带式打印机中时,该带式打印机使得能够沿竖直方向准确定位该带盒。 The utility model is another object to provide a tape printer, when the tape cartridge is mounted in the tape printer, the tape printer enables accurate positioning of the tape cassette in the vertical direction.

[0009] 根据本实用新型第一方面的带盒能够被安装在包括头保持器的带式打印机中和从该带式打印机移除,该头保持器具有打印头,并且该带盒包括壳体、带、头保持器插入部和第一受支撑部。 [0009] can be installed according to the first aspect of the present utility model, including the head of the cassette holder in the tape printer and removed from the tape printer, the print head has a head holder, and the tape cartridge includes a housing with, the head holder insertion portion and a first support receiving portion. 该壳体具有顶表面、底表面、前表面和一对侧表面。 The housing has a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface and a pair of side surfaces. 该带被缠绕和安装在壳体内。 The tape is wound and mounted within the housing. 该头保持器插入部是沿竖直方向贯穿所述壳体延伸的空间,并且在平面图中具有长方形形状,该长方形形状平行于所述前表面地延伸。 The head holder insertion portion in a vertical direction through the space of the housing extends, and having a rectangular shape in a plan view, a rectangular shape which is parallel to the front surface extends. 该第一受支撑部连接到头保持器插入部的第一端部,并且在与所述前表面平行的第一方向上面对头保持器插入部。 The first support portion by a first end portion connected to the head holder insertion portion, and in a first direction parallel to the front surface of the upper head holder insertion portion. 该第一端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿着所述带的供给方向的上游侧的端部。 The first end portion is located along the feed direction of the head holder with an end portion of the upstream side of the insertion portion. 该第一受支撑部是从所述底表面沿着朝向顶表面的方向延伸的第一凹部。 The first recess by the first support portion extending from the bottom surface in a direction toward the top surface.

[0010] 该带盒包括第一受支撑部,该第一受支撑部被连接到头插入部的第一端部并且面对所述头插入部。 [0010] The tape cassette includes a first support receiving portion, the first support portion is connected to the head by a first end portion of the insertion portion and facing the head insertion portion. 因此,如果带盒被安装在具有第一支撑部的带式打印机中,该第一支撑部适于支撑作为第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部的顶壁部分,则带盒能够在打印头附近由第一支撑部支撑,该打印头在作为打印介质的带上执行打印。 Thus, if the tape cassette is installed in the tape printer having a first support portion, the first support portion adapted to support a top wall portion of the first support receiving portion of the first concave portion, the tape cassette can print around the head supported by the first support portion, the printing head performs printing on the tape as the print medium. 因此,当带盒在打印头附近被安装在带式打印机中时,可以准确地确定该带盒沿竖直方向的位置。 Therefore, when the tape cartridge is installed in the vicinity of the print head in a tape printer, you can accurately determine the location of the box in the vertical direction of the band. 结果,利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置和所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置可以准确地一致。 As a result, the use of the center position of the print head to print the vertical direction and width direction of the center position of the tape can be accurately coincident.

[0011] 在所述带盒中,在第一受支撑部和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第一距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0011] In the tape cassette, a first distance in the vertical direction by a vertical center position of the first supporting portion and is mounted in the housing between the tape may be constant, while the tape irrespective of type.

[0012] 在此情形中,可以与带的类型无关地指定带盒能够受到支撑的位置。 [0012] In this case, the type can be specified position regardless of tape cassette can be supported. 因此,可以在同一带式打印机中使用各种类型的带盒。 Therefore, you can use various types of cassette tape in the same printer. 而且,可以通过提高所指定的位置的加工精度来有效控制该带盒的加工精度。 Further, by increasing the precision specified position to effectively control the tape cassette precision.

[0013] 该带盒可以进一步包括第二受支撑部。 [0013] The tape cassette may further include a second support receiving portion. 该第二受支撑部可以连接到头保持器插入部的第二端部,并且沿着与第一方向垂直的第二方向面对头保持器插入部。 The second support receiving portion may be connected to the head holder insertion portion of the second end portion, and facing a first direction along a second direction perpendicular to the head holder insertion portion. 该第二端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The second end portion is located at the other end portion of the head holder insertion portion along the feeding direction of the downstream side. 该第二受支撑部可以是从所述底表面沿着朝向顶表面的方向延伸的第二凹部。 The second support receiving portion may be a second recess extending in a direction from the bottom surface toward the top surface.

[0014] 在此情形中,该带盒在上游侧端部(第一端部)和下游侧端部(第二端部)上具有两个受支撑部。 [0014] In this case, the tape cassette having two portions on the upstream side by the support end portion (first end portion) and the downstream side end portion (second end portion) on. 因此,如果带盒被安装在进一步包括第二支撑部的带式打印机中,该第二支撑部适于支撑作为第二受支撑部的所述第二凹部的顶壁部分,则带盒能够在沿供给方向的上游侧和下游侧的两个位置中受到支撑。 Thus, if the tape cassette is mounted in the second support portion further comprises a tape printer, the second supporting portion that is adapted to support the second top wall portion of the supporting portion of the second concave portion, the tape cassette can It is supported in two positions along the feeding direction upstream side and downstream side. 因此,可以进一步准确地确定带盒沿竖直方向的位置。 Therefore, accurate determination can be further tape cassette in the vertical direction position. 结果,利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置和所述带的沿带宽度方向的中心位置可以进一步准确一致。 As a result, along the width direction of the center position of the center position in the vertical direction of printing using the print head and the band can be further consistent and accurate. 此外,第一受支撑部和第二受支撑部沿着彼此垂直的方向面对所述头保持器插入部。 In addition, by supporting the first portion and the second support receiving portion in a direction perpendicular to each other facing the head holder insertion portion. 因此,当第一受支撑部和第二受支撑部分别被第一支撑部和第二支撑部支撑时,不仅可以沿竖直方向而且还可以沿水平方向适当地维持在打印头和头保持器插入部之间的位置关系。 Thus, when the first support receiving portion and the second supporting portions is supported by the first support portion and a second support portion, not only in the vertical direction and also can be suitably maintained in a horizontal direction to maintain the print head and the head Relations between the insertion position.

[0015] 在所述带盒中,在第一受支撑部和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第一距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0015] In the tape cassette, a first distance in the vertical direction by a vertical center position of the first supporting portion and is mounted in the housing between the tape may be constant, while the tape irrespective of type. 另外,在第二受支撑部和带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第二距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 In addition, in the vertical direction of the second support portion and the distance between the vertical center of the belt between the position of the second subject may be constant, irrespective of the type of the tape. 并且, 该第二距离可以等于第一距离。 And, the second distance may be equal to the first distance.

[0016] 在此情形中,可以与带的类型无关地指定带盒能够由第一和第二支撑部支撑的位置。 [0016] In this case, can be independent of the type of tape can be specified by the first and second support portion supports the position of the tape cassette. 因此,可以在同一带式打印机中使用各种类型的带盒。 Therefore, you can use various types of cassette tape in the same printer. 而且,可以通过提高所指定的位置的加工精度来有效控制该带盒的加工精度。 Further, by increasing the precision specified position to effectively control the tape cassette precision.

[0017] 该带盒可以进一步包括钩接合部。 [0017] The tape cassette may further include a hook engaging portion. 该钩接合部可以面对头保持器插入部,并且可以沿着头保持器插入部的纵向方向位于第一受支撑部和第二受支撑部之间。 The hook engaging portion may face the head holder insertion portion, and can maintain the longitudinal direction of the insertion portion is located between the first support receiving portion and the second supporting portion that is along the head.

[0018] 在此情形中,如果带盒被安装在进一步包括钩的带式打印机中,该钩适于与钩接合部接合,则可以在带盒安装之后限制该带盒沿其上升方向即在向上方向上的移动。 [0018] In this case, if the tape cassette is mounted on the hook further comprises a tape printer, the hooks adapted to engage with the hook engaging portion, it is possible to limit the tape cassette after the tape cartridge is mounted along the rising direction i.e. moved upward direction. 结果, 可以以稳定的方式执行带的供给和打印。 As a result, in a stable manner and is supplied with the printing.

[0019] 该带盒可以进一步包括受按压部。 [0019] The tape cassette may further include a press receiving portion. 该受按压部可以连接到头保持器插入部的第一端部,并且沿着第一方向面对头保持器插入部。 The pressing portion may be connected by a first end portion of the head holder insertion portion and facing a first direction along the head holder insertion portion. 该受按压部可以是从所述顶表面沿着朝向底表面的方向延伸的第三凹部。 The pressing portion may be a third receiving recess extending from said top surface in a direction toward the bottom surface. 该受按压部可以位于第一受支撑部上方并且沿竖直方向与第一受支撑部重叠。 The pressing portion may be positioned by the first support portion that is above and overlapping the first support receiving portion in the vertical direction. [0020] 在此情形中,当带盒被安装在带式打印机中时,带盒能够在打印头附近的第一受支撑部上受到该带式打印机的第一支撑部支撑。 [0020] In this case, when the tape cartridge is installed in the tape printer, the tape cassette can first supporting section supporting the tape printer of being in the vicinity of the print head first by the support unit. 另外,如果该带式打印机进一步包括盖和按压部件,该盖适于覆盖带盒的顶表面,该按压部件被设置在该盖上且适于按压作为受按压部的所述第三凹部的底壁部分,则该按压部件能够在也位于打印头附近的受按压部上按压带盒。 Also, if the tape printer further comprises a cover and a pressing member, the lid adapted to cover a top surface of the cassette, the pressing member is provided at the cover and adapted to the pressing by the pressing portion as a bottom of the third recess wall portion, the pressing member can also close the print head on by pressing portion presses the tape cassette. 因此,该带盒不仅使得能够在带盒被安装于带式打印机中时沿竖直方向定位该带盒,而且还使得能够在带盒被安装于带式打印机中之后限制该带盒沿向上方向的移动(所谓的上升移动)。 Therefore, not only so that the tape cassette can be installed in the tape printer when the positioning in the vertical direction of the tape cassette in the tape cassette, but also makes it possible to limit the upward direction of the tape cassette after the tape cassette is installed in the tape printer movement (so-called rising movement). 结果,在利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置与所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置之间的适当关系可以得到维持。 As a result, an appropriate relationship between the center position in the vertical direction using the print head in printing width direction and the center position of the band can be maintained between the.

[0021] 在该带盒中,在受按压部和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第三距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0021] In the tape cassette in the vertical direction by a third distance between the vertical center position of the pressing unit and the belt is mounted in the housing between can be constant, irrespective of the type of the tape .

[0022] 在此情形中,即便存在沿着竖直方向具有不同高度的多个带盒,也能够规定按压部件能够对带盒进行按压的位置。 [0022] In this case, even if there is a plurality of different heights with the tape cassette in the vertical direction, the pressing member can be specified on the tape cassette can be pressed position. 因此,能够在同一带式打印机中使用具有不同高度的带 Thus, it is possible to use tape having different heights in the same tape printer

品.ο Product .ο

[0023] 在该带盒中,在第一受支撑部和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的第一距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0023] In the tape cassette, a first distance in the vertical direction by a vertical center position of the first support portion and the belt is mounted in the housing between the constant may be, but not with the band regardless of the type. 并且,第三距离可以等于第一距 Further, the third distance may be equal to the first distance

1 O 1 O

[0024] 在此情形中,即便存在沿竖直方向具有不同高度的多个带盒,也能够规定第一支撑部能够对带盒进行支撑的位置以及按压部件能够对带盒进行按压的位置。 [0024] In this case, even if there is a plurality of tape cartridges having different heights in the vertical direction, it is possible to support a first predetermined portion of the tape cassette can be supported as well as the position of the pressing member can be pressed against the tape cassette position. 因此,能够在同一带式打印机中使用具有不同高度的带盒。 Thus, the cassette can be used with different heights in the same tape printer. 另外,因为第一距离和第三距离彼此相等,所以,来自下方的支撑和来自上方的按压可以得到良好平衡。 Further, since the first distance and the third distance equal to each other, so that the support is pressed from below and from above can be well-balanced. 结果,在利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置与所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置之间的适当关系可以以稳定的方式得到维持。 As a result, an appropriate relationship between the center position in the vertical direction using the print head in printing width direction and the center position of the tape between a stable manner can be maintained.

[0025] 该带盒可以进一步包括臂部和适于指示所述带的类型的臂指示器部分。 [0025] The cassette may further include arm indicator portion of the arm and adapted to indicate the type of belt. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且由臂前表面和臂后表面限定。 The arm portion may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion, and the surface is defined by the rear surface of the front arm and the arm. 该臂前表面是壳体的前表面的一部分,并且臂后表面被分开地设于臂前表面的后部处并且从顶表面延伸到底表面,由此限定头保持器插入部的一部分。 The arm front surface is a portion of the front surface of the housing, and the arm rear surface being separately provided at the rear of the arm front surface and extending from the top surface in the end surface, thereby defining a portion of the head holder insertion portion. 臂部可以引导所述带朝向开口排出,该开口在壳体的前表面侧将头保持器插入部与外部相连。 Arm can be guided toward the tape discharge opening, the opening head holder insertion portion and connected to the outside on the front surface side of the housing. 臂指示器部分可以在臂前表面中被形成在该开口附近。 Arm indicator portion may be formed in the vicinity of the opening in the front surface of the arm. 该臂指示器部分可以包括以与带的类型对应的样式布置的多个指示器,所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器均是开关孔和表面部分中的任一种。 The arm indicator portion may include a plurality of indicators to correspond with the style and type of arrangement, the plurality of indicators each indicator hole and switch are any one of the surface portions.

[0026] 在此情形中,与头保持器插入部的第一端部连接的第一受支撑部还被连接到臂部,用于指示所述带的类型的臂指示器部分被设置在该臂部中。 [0026] In this case, to keep the head insertion portion of the first end portion connected to the first support receiving portion is also connected to the arm, the arm indicator portion for indicating the tape type is provided on the arm portion. 臂指示器部分包括多个指示器,每一个指示器均是开关孔或表面部分。 Arm indicator portion includes a plurality of indicators, each indicator switches are holes or surface portions. 因此,当带盒被安装在带式打印机中时,该带式打印机沿竖直方向被适当定位。 Therefore, when the tape cartridge is mounted in the tape printer, the tape printer is properly positioned in the vertical direction. 在带式打印机包括与臂指示器部分面对的多个检测开关的情形中,可以确保检测开关和臂指示器部分之间的准确位置关系。 In the tape printer includes a plurality of detecting switches and arm indicator portion facing situations, we can ensure accurate positional relationship between the detection switch and the arm indicator portion. 结果,可以降低检测开关的误检测的可能性。 As a result, the possibility of erroneous detection of the detection switch can be reduced.

[0027] 在该带盒中,将所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器相连的直线可以与相对于带式打印机而插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉。 [0027] In the tape cartridge, the line connecting the plurality of indicators each relative indicator may be a tape printer and the direction of insertion and removal of the tape cassette of the cross.

[0028] 在此情形中,所述多个指示器被布置成使得它们彼此不沿着带盒的插入和移除方向排列。 [0028] In this case, the plurality of indicators being arranged such that they are not aligned with each other along the direction of insertion and removal of the tape cassette. 结果,可以进一步降低检测开关的误检测的可能性。 As a result, further reduce the possibility of erroneous detection of the detection switch. [0029] 该带盒可以进一步包括臂部。 [0029] The tape cassette may further comprise an arm. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口。 The arm may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion and includes a portion of the front surface and an outlet. 该臂部可以将所述带与前表面平行地引导到该出口。 The arm can be parallel with the front surface of the belt guided to the exit. 并且,该壳体可以包括顶壳和底壳。 And, the housing may include a top case and the bottom case. 该顶壳可以包括形成所述顶表面的顶壁。 The top case may include forming the top surface of the top wall. 该底壳可以包括形成所述底表面的底壁。 The bottom case may include forming a bottom wall of the bottom surface. 作为第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部可以通过使底壁向上凹陷而形成,被连接到臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部。 As the upstream side of the first support receiving portion may be a first recess portion recessed upward by the bottom wall is formed, it is connected to the feeding direction of the end portion of the arm. 第一受支撑部可以包括第一下侧平坦表面。 The first support receiving portion may include a first lower planar surface. 第一下侧平坦表面可以是第一凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,并且可以位于比壳体的底表面高的位置。 The flat surface of the first side can be lower under surface of the top wall portion of the first recess and may be located higher than the bottom surface of the housing position. 该底壳可以包括在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧的第一下侧调节部。 The bottom case may include a first lower regulating portion is disposed in the arm along the feeding direction of the outlet of the upstream side. 该第一下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与第一下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The first lower regulating portion can be based on the band width determined from the vertical direction and the side surface of the first lower planar spaced apart. 该第一下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The first lower regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0030] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,第一下侧调节部和第一下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置。 [0030] In this case, in the bottom case, the first lower regulating portion and the first lower flat surface side is provided with the arm portion close to each other as the position of the reference point. 使用第一下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第一下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 Use-side first lower flat surface as a reference surface to determine the location of the first lower regulating portion in the vertical direction. 相应地,可以在制造第一下侧调节部时提高尺寸精度,因此可以提高所述带的供给精度。 Accordingly, the dimensional accuracy can be improved at the time of manufacture of the first lower regulating portion, it is possible to improve the accuracy of the fed tape. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用第一下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来容易地执行对第一下侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, can be used the first lower flat surface as a reference surface to easily perform the first lower regulating portion for dimensional control.

[0031 ] 该带盒可以进一步包括排出引导部。 [0031] The tape cassette may further include a discharge guide portion. 该排出引导部可以处于带供给路径上的最下游位置。 The guide can be discharged in the most downstream position on the tape feed path. 该排出引导部可以在所述带已经通过出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从带盒排出。 The discharge guide in the belt has to be discharged through the outlet after guiding the tape, and the tape discharged from the tape cassette. 在第一下侧平坦表面和第一下侧调节部之间沿着壳体的左右方向的距离可以比在臂部的出口和排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 Between the flat surfaces of the first side and a first lower regulating portion from a lower side of the housing along the lateral direction may be a short distance in the left-right direction between the guide portion and the arm portion than the discharge outlet.

[0032] 在此情形中,可以使得第一下侧平坦表面和第一下侧调节部的尺寸精度更高,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 [0032] In this case, can be made at the side of the first planar surface and dimensional accuracy of the first lower regulating portion higher, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape.

[0033] 在该带盒中,在第一下侧平坦表面和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0033] In the tape cassette in the vertical direction from the center position of the vertical side and a first lower planar surface is mounted in the housing between the tape may be constant, while the belt type nothing to do.

[0034] 在此情形中,即使利用分别对具有不同带宽度的带进行容纳的带盒,也可以使用第一下侧平坦表面的同一位置作为基准表面。 [0034] In this case, even with the use of respectively having different widths were accommodating cassette may be used at the same position a first side of a flat surface as a reference surface. 因此,可以容易地执行对盒壳的尺寸测量和对部件的产品控制。 Thus, the size can be easily performed measurements of the cassette case and control components of the product.

[0035] 在该带盒中,该底壳可以包括第二受支撑部。 [0035] In the cassette, the bottom case by the support portion may include a second. 该第二受支撑部可以在头保持器插入部的第二端部附近被连接到头保持器插入部。 The second support receiving portion may remain near the second end portion of the insertion portion is connected to the head holder insertion portion in the head. 该第二端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The second end portion is located at the other end portion of the head holder insertion portion along the feeding direction of the downstream side. 该第二受支撑部可以是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的第二凹部。 The second support receiving portion may be a second concave portion by the bottom wall of the recess formed up. 该第二受支撑部可以具有第二下侧平坦表面。 The second support receiving portion may have a second lower planar surface. 该第二下侧平坦表面可以是第二凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,并且可以处于比壳体的底表面高的位置。 The second lower flat surface may be a portion of the lower surface of the top wall of the second recess, and may be higher than the bottom surface of the housing at a position. 该第一下侧调节部可以沿着壳体的左右方向位于第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面之间的位置。 The first lower regulating portion may be located at the side of the first planar surface and the side surface of the second lower flat between the left-right direction of the housing. 第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面可以从所述带的沿竖直方向的竖直中心位置间隔开相同的距离。 Side of the first lower planar surface and a second planar surface side may be spaced apart at the same distance from the vertical center position in the vertical direction of the belt.

[0036] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,可以使用第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第一下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0036] In this case, in the bottom case, you can use the side of the first lower planar surface and the side surface of the second lower flat surface as a reference to determine the position of the first lower regulating portion in the vertical direction. 第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面被分别设置在头保持器插入部的上游侧端部(第一端部)和下游侧端部(第二端部)附近,从而将第一下侧调节部夹在它们之间。 Side of the first lower flat surface and the side of the second lower planar surface are provided respectively on the upstream side end portion of the head holder insertion portion (first end portion) and the downstream side end portion (second end portion) near, so that the first lower side regulating portion sandwiched therebetween. 因此,当第一下侧调节部被制造时,可以进一步提高该第一下侧调节部的尺寸精度,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Accordingly, when the first lower regulating portion is manufactured, can further improve the dimensional accuracy of the first lower regulating portion, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来进一步更容易地执行对第一下侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, may be used at the side of the first planar surface and a side surface of the second lower flat surface as a reference to further make it easier to perform the first lower regulating portion size control.

[0037] 该带盒可以进一步包括带引导部。 [0037] The cassette may further include a tape guide portion. 该带引导部可以位于出口的沿供给方向的下游侧且在头保持器插入部的第二端部附近。 Downstream side of the tape guide portion may be positioned along the feeding direction of the outlet and in the vicinity of the second end portion of the head holder insertion portion. 该带引导部可以引导从出口排出的带。 The tape guide can boot from the outlet of the band. 另外,该底壳可以包括被设置在带引导部中的第二下侧调节部。 Further, the bottom case may include a second lower regulating portion is provided in the guide portion of the tape. 该第二下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与第二下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The second lower regulating portion can be based on the band width determined from the vertical direction with the side surface of the second lower planar spaced apart. 第二下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 Second lower regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0038] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,第二下侧平坦表面和第二下侧调节部被设置在头保持器插入部的第二端部附近,并且使用第二下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第二下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0038] In this case, in the bottom case, the second lower flat surface side and the second lower regulating portion is provided in the vicinity of the second end portion of the head holder insertion portion, and a second planar surface of the lower side as a reference to determine the position of the second lower surface side regulating portion in the vertical direction. 因此,当第二下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该第二下侧调节部的尺寸精度,并且,在制造之后,可以容易地执行尺寸控制。 Thus, when the second lower regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the second lower regulating portion, and, after manufacture, dimensional control can be easily performed. 此外,第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面处于以相同距离从壳体的沿竖直方向的中心位置间隔开的各自位置中。 In addition, the flat surfaces of the first side and the lower side of the second lower planar surface at respective positions at the same distance from the center position in the vertical direction of the housing in spaced-apart. 因此,第一下侧调节部和第二下侧调节部的沿竖直方向的位置相同。 Therefore, the same position in the vertical direction and the first lower regulating portion of the second lower regulating portion. 相应地,可以由每一个调节部来限制所述带在向下方向上的移动,并且可以与所述带的沿竖直方向的中心位置平行地将所述带从臂部准确供给到带引导部。 Accordingly, an adjustment can be made for each portion to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction, and may be the center position in the vertical direction and parallel to the tape from the tape fed to the tape guide accurately arm portion .

[0039] 在带盒的底壳包括第一下侧调节部的情形中,该顶壳可以包括受按压部和上侧调节部。 [0039] In the tape cassette bottom case includes the first lower regulating portion of the case, the top case may include a portion that is pressed and the upper side regulating portion. 该受按压部可以与臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部连接。 The portions may be connected by pressing the end portion of the upstream side of the feeding direction of the arm. 该受按压部可以是通过使所述顶壁向下凹陷而形成的第三凹部。 The unit can be pressed against the third recess by the top wall down to depression formed. 该受按压部可以具有上侧平坦表面。 By pressing the upper portion may have a flat surface. 该上侧平坦表面可以是第三凹部的底壁部分的上表面,可以位于第一下侧平坦表面上方并且在平面图中与第一下侧平坦表面重叠。 The upper flat surface may be the upper surface of the bottom wall portion of the third concave portions, may be located above the first lower flat surface and overlap in plan view and the side surface of the first lower planar. 该上侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The upper side regulating portion may be provided on the upstream side of the exit of the feeding direction of the arm. 该上侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与上侧平坦表面间隔开。 The upper portion can be adjusted from the vertical direction according to the width of the strip determined and spaced from the upper flat surface. 该上侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 The upper side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the belt in an upward direction.

[0040] 在此情形下,在该顶壳中,上侧调节部和上侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定上侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0040] In this case, the top case, the upper side regulating portion and the upper flat surface is provided with an arm as a reference point close to each other position, and use the side on a flat surface as a reference surface to determine the upper side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当上侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该上侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the upper side regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the upper regulating portion. 结果,所述带在臂部中沿上下方向的移动可以被第一下侧调节部和上侧调节部准确地限制,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 As a result, moving the belt along the vertical direction in the arm portion can be accurately limited first lower regulating portion and the upper regulating portion, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来容易地执行对上侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, the upper flat surface may be used as a reference surface to easily perform adjustment of the size of the upper portion of the control.

[0041] 该带盒可以进一步包括臂部。 [0041] The cassette may further comprise an arm. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口。 The arm may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion and includes a portion of the front surface and an outlet. 该臂部可以将所述带与该前表面平行地引导到出口。 The arm can be said with the front surface parallel to an exit. 并且, 该壳体可以包括顶壳和底壳。 And, the housing may include a top case and the bottom case. 该顶壳可以包括形成顶表面的顶壁,并且该底壳可以包括形成底表面的底壁。 The top case may include forming a top surface of the top wall and the bottom case includes a bottom wall forming a bottom surface. 该顶壳可以包括第一上侧突出部和上侧调节部。 The top case may include a first upper projecting portion and the upper regulating portion. 该上侧突出部可以被连接到臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部,并且从所述顶壁向下突出。 The upstream end portion of the upper projecting portion may be connected to the feeding direction of the arm and protruding downward from the top wall. 该第一上侧突出部可以在其下端上具有上侧平坦表面。 The first upper projecting portion may have an upper flat surface on its lower end. 作为第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部能以该上侧平坦表面作为顶壁部分的下表面。 As the first by the support portion of the first recess can be flat surface of the upper side as the lower surface of the top wall portion. 该上侧调节部可以在所述臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The upper regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side in the feeding direction of the arm portion. 该上侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与所述上侧平坦表面间隔开。 The upper portion can be adjusted according to the width of the belt determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing on the side of the flat surface spaced apart. 该上侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 The upper side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the belt in an upward direction.

[0042] 在此情形下,在该顶壳中,上侧调节部和上侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定上侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0042] In this case, the top case, the upper side regulating portion and the upper flat surface is provided with an arm as a reference point close to each other position, and use the side on a flat surface as a reference surface to determine the upper side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当上侧调节部被制造时,可以提高上侧调节部的尺寸精度,因此可以提高所述带的供给精度。 Accordingly, when the upper side regulating portion is manufactured, the dimensional accuracy can be improved side regulating portion, it is possible to improve the accuracy of the tape supply. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来容易地执行对上侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, the upper flat surface may be used as a reference surface to easily perform adjustment of the size of the upper portion of the control.

[0043] 该带盒可以进一步包括排出引导部。 [0043] The tape cassette may further include a discharge guide portion. 该排出引导部可以处于带供给路径上的最下游位置。 The guide can be discharged in the most downstream position on the tape feed path. 该排出引导部可以在所述带已经通过出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从带盒排出。 The discharge guide in the belt has to be discharged through the outlet after guiding the tape, and the tape discharged from the tape cassette. 并且,在上侧平坦表面和上侧调节部之间沿着壳体的左右方向的距离可以比在臂部的出口和排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 And, between the upper flat surface and the upper regulating portion distance along the lateral direction of the housing can be compared to exports in the arm and a short distance on the right and left direction between the guide portion is discharged.

[0044] 在此情形中,可以使上侧平坦表面和上侧调节部的尺寸精度更高,并且因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 [0044] In this case, you can make the upper flat surface and higher precision on side regulating portion size, and can be further improved feeding accuracy of the tape.

[0045] 在该带盒中,在上侧平坦表面和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的距离可以是恒定的,而与所述带的类型无关。 [0045] In the tape cassette in the vertical direction from the center position in the vertical upper flat surface and is mounted in the housing between the tape may be constant, irrespective of the type of the tape.

[0046] 在此情形中,即使利用分别对具有不同带宽度的带进行容纳的带盒,也可以使用上侧平坦表面的同一位置作为基准表面。 [0046] In this case, even with each having different widths of tape were accommodated in the cassette, you can use the same location on the side of the flat surface as a reference surface. 因此,可以容易地执行对盒壳的尺寸测量和对部件的产品控制。 Thus, the size can be easily performed measurements of the cassette case and control components of the product.

[0047] 在该带盒的顶壳包括上侧调节部的情形中,该底壳可以包括下侧突出部和下侧调节部。 [0047] In the top of the cassette case includes an upper side regulating portion of the case, the bottom case can include lower projecting portion and the lower regulating portion. 该下侧突出部可以在与所述上侧平坦表面的一端部相对的位置中从底壁向上突出, 所述一端部不是上侧平坦表面的沿供给方向的下游侧的端部。 The lower projecting portion may protrude upwardly at one end portion of the flat surface on the side opposite from the position of the bottom wall, the upper end portion is not a flat surface in the supply direction of the downstream end portion side. 该下侧突出部可以在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面。 The lower projecting portion may have a flat surface on the lower side of the upper end thereof. 该下侧平坦表面可以是与上侧平坦表面接触的平坦表面。 The lower side of the planar surface may be in contact with the upper flat surface of the flat surface. 该下侧调节部可以在所述臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The lower side regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side in the feeding direction of the arm portion. 该下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The lower side portion can be adjusted according to the width of the tape determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing and the lower planar surface spaced apart. 该下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The lower side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0048] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,下侧调节部和下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0048] In this case, in the bottom case, the lower-side side regulating portion and the flat surface of the lower arm is provided with a reference point for the position close to each other, and using the lower side of the flat surface as a reference surface to determine the lower side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the lower side regulating portion is manufactured, the dimensional accuracy can be improved at the side regulating portion. 结果,所述带在臂部中沿上下方向的移动可以被下侧调节部和上侧调节部准确地限制,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 As a result, moving the belt along the vertical direction in the arm portion can be adjusted at the side portion and the upper portion of accurately adjusting limits, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来容易地执行对下侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, it can be used as a reference surface for easily performed adjustment of the size of the lower side of a lower side portion of the control using a flat surface.

[0049] 在该带盒的顶壳包括第一上侧突出部的情形中,该顶壳可以包括第二上侧突出部。 [0049] In the top of the cassette case includes a first protrusion on the side of the case, the top case may include a second upper projecting portion. 该第二上侧突出部可以从顶壁向下突出,并且可以被连接到所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部。 The second upper projecting portion may protrude downward from the top wall, and can be connected to a flat surface in addition to the ends of the side along the feed direction of the flat surface of the downstream side of the upper end side section. 该第二上侧突出部可以在其下端上具有上侧接触平坦表面。 The second upper projecting portion may have an upper contact flat surface on the lower end thereof. 另外,该底壳可以包括下侧突出部和下侧调节部。 In addition, the pan may include a protruding lower side and lower side regulating portion. 该下侧突出部可以在与所述上侧平坦表面的除了所述上侧平坦表面的沿所述供给方向的下游侧的端部之外的端部邻近的位置中从底壁向上突出。 The lower projecting portion may protrude upwardly from the bottom wall at the upper end of the flat surface near a position except the ends of the upper flat surface along the feed direction of the downstream side of. 该下侧突出部可以在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面。 The lower projecting portion may have a flat surface on the lower side of the upper end thereof. 该下侧平坦表面可以是与上侧接触平坦表面接触的平坦表面。 The lower side of the planar surface may be brought into contact with the upper flat surface of the contact flat surface. 该下侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The lower side regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side along the feeding direction of the arm. 该下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The lower side portion can be adjusted according to the width of the tape determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing and the lower planar surface spaced apart. 该下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The lower side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0050] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,下侧调节部和下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置。 [0050] In this case, in the bottom case, the lower side regulating portion and the lower planar surface is provided with the arm portion as a point of reference positions close to each other. 使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 Use underside a flat surface as a reference surface side regulating portion is determined at the position in the vertical direction. 因此,当下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the lower side regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the lower regulating portion. 结果,所述带在臂部中沿上下方向的移动可以被下侧调节部和上侧调节部准确地限制,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 As a result, moving the belt along the vertical direction in the arm portion can be adjusted at the side portion and the upper portion of accurately adjusting limits, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape. 另外,在制造之后,可以使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来容易地执行对下侧调节部的尺寸控制。 In addition, after manufacture, it can be used as a reference surface for easily performed adjustment of the size of the lower side of a lower side portion of the control using a flat surface.

[0051] 根据本实用新型的第二方面,一种带式打印机包括带盒、盒容纳部分、头保持器和第一支撑部。 [0051] According to a second aspect of the utility model, a tape printer includes a cassette, the cassette housing portion, the head holder and the first support portion. 该带盒包括壳体、带、头保持器插入部和第一受支撑部。 The tape cassette includes a housing, a tape, a head holder insertion portion and a first support receiving portion. 该壳体具有顶表面、 底表面、前表面和一对侧表面。 The housing has a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface and a pair of side surfaces. 该带可以被缠绕和安装在壳体内。 The tape can be wound and mounted within the housing. 该头保持器插入部是沿竖直方向贯穿所述壳体延伸的空间,并且在平面图中具有长方形形状,该长方形形状与该前表面平行地延伸。 The head holder insertion portion in a vertical direction through the space of the housing extends, and having a rectangular shape in plan view, the rectangular shape extending parallel to the surface of the front. 该第一受支撑部连接到头保持器插入部的盒第一端部,并且沿着与前表面平行的第一方向面对头保持器插入部。 The first cassette receiving portion of a first end portion connected to the head support holder insertion portion and face the head holder insertion portion in a first direction parallel to the front surface. 该盒第一端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿着所述带的供给方向的上游侧的端部。 The first end portion of the cartridge is located in the head holder insertion portion of the strip along the feed direction of the upstream end portion. 该第一受支撑部是从所述底表面沿着朝向顶表面的方向延伸的第一凹部。 The first recess by the first support portion extending from the bottom surface in a direction toward the top surface. 带盒可以被插入在盒容纳部分中或从该盒容纳部分移除。 The tape cassette can be inserted in the cassette receiving portion or removed from the cassette accommodating portion. 该头保持器沿着相对于盒容纳部分插入和移除所述带盒的方向从所述盒容纳部分延伸,并且支撑打印头。 The head holder with respect to the cartridge accommodating portion along the insertion and removal of the tape cassette in the direction extending from the cassette accommodating portion, and supports the print head. 该头保持器适于被插入在头保持器插入部中。 The head holder is adapted to be inserted in the head holder insertion portion. 该第一支撑部被设置在头保持器上,以支撑作为带盒的第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部的顶壁部分。 The first support portion is provided on the head holder to support a ceiling wall portion of the cassette first by supporting portion of the first recess. 当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,该第一支撑部处于该打印头的沿供给方向的上游侧。 When the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the first support portion in the upstream of the print head along the feed direction of the side.

[0052] 利用这种构造,当带盒被安装在盒容纳部分中时,带式打印机的第一支撑部支撑带盒的第一受支撑部。 [0052] With this construction, when the tape cassette is installed in, the first support portion of a tape printer cartridge tape cassette accommodating portion of the support by the support section first. 因此,使得能够相对于带式打印机沿竖直方向准确定位该带盒。 Thus, with respect to the tape so that the printer vertically accurate positioning of the tape cassette. 结果,利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置和所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置可以准确地一致。 As a result, the use of the center position of the print head to print the vertical direction and width direction of the center position of the tape can be accurately coincident.

[0053] 在该带式打印机中,该头保持器可以是板状部件,其具有比头保持器插入部沿纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当带盒被安装在盒容纳部分中时,该头保持器被沿着头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置。 [0053] In the tape printer, the head holder may be a plate-like member having a ratio of the head holder insertion portion in the longitudinal direction of the length of the long length, and when the tape cartridge is installed in the cassette housing portion, The head holder is holding the longitudinal direction of the insertion portion is disposed along the head. 并且,当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,该头保持器的头第一端部可以位于头保持器插入部的盒第一端部的沿供给方向的上游侧。 And, when the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion when the head portion of a first end of the head holder may be located along the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion of the first end of the cartridge on the upstream side. 该头第一端部是位于头保持器的纵向方向上并且位于头保持器的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部。 The first end of the head portion and the end portion is located on the upstream side of the head holder along the feed direction of the head holder is located in a longitudinal direction. 该第一支撑部可以是通过切除头保持器的头第一端部的上部而在该头保持器的预定高度位置处形成的阶形部。 The first support portion may be an upper end portion of the first head holder by cutting head and at a predetermined height position of the head holder is formed of stepped portions.

[0054] 在此情形中,第一支撑部能够在与带盒的第一受支撑部的位置对应的位置中被设置在头保持器上。 [0054] In this case, the first support portion and capable of a first position of the cassette receiving position corresponding to the support portion is provided on the head holder.

[0055] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括第二受支撑部。 [0055] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a second support receiving portion. 该第二受支撑部可以连接到头保持器插入部的盒第二端部,并且沿着与第一方向垂直的第二方向面对头保持器插入部。 The second support receiving portion may be connected to the head holder insertion portion of the cassette second end portion, and facing a first direction along a second direction perpendicular to the head holder insertion portion. 该盒第二端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The cassette second end is another end portion is located along the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion of the downstream side. 该第二受支撑部可以是从所述底表面沿着朝向顶表面的方向延伸的第二凹部。 The second support receiving portion may be a second recess extending in a direction from the bottom surface toward the top surface. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括第二支撑部,该第二支撑部被设置在头保持器上,以支撑作为带盒的第二受支撑部的所述第二凹部的顶壁部分。 In addition, the tape printer may further comprise a second support portion, the second support portion is provided on the head holder to support a ceiling wall portion of the tape cassette by the second support portion of the second recess. 当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,所述第二支撑部可处于所述打印头的沿供给方向的下游侧。 When the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the second support portion may be in the print head along the feed direction of the downstream side.

[0056] 在此情形中,带盒能够在相对于在所述带上执行打印的打印头在沿供给方向的上游侧和下游侧这两侧上的两个部位中被第一支撑部和第二支撑部支撑。 [0056] In this case, the tape cassette can be supported with respect to the first portion and the second tape in the printing head performs printing on the upstream side and the downstream side in the feeding direction of the sides of these two portions of two supporting portions support. 因此,可以准确地执行带盒相对于带式打印机的沿竖直方向的定位。 Thus, the tape cassette can be accurately perform the positioning in the vertical direction with respect to the tape printer. 结果,利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置和所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置可以进一步准确地一致。 As a result, the use of the center position of the print head to print the vertical direction and width direction of the center position of the tape may further be accurately the same. [0057] 在该带式打印机包括第二支撑部的情形中,该头保持器可以是是板状部件,其具有比头保持器插入部沿纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当带盒被安装在盒容纳部分中时, 头保持器被沿着头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置。 [0057] In the case of the tape printer includes the second supporting portion, the head holder may be a plate-like member, having a longitudinal direction than the head holder insertion portion of the length of the long length, and when the tape cartridge is mounted in the longitudinal direction of the cassette accommodating portion, the head holder is held along the head insertion portion is disposed. 并且,第二支撑部可以是在与头保持器布置的方向垂直的方向上、在预定高度位置处从头保持器的头第二端部延伸的延伸片。 Further, the second support portions may be arranged in the holder and a direction perpendicular to the first direction, at a predetermined height position of the head piece extending from the ground to maintain the second end portion extends. 该头第二端部是位于所述纵向方向上并且位于打印头的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The head is located at the second end portion of the longitudinal direction and the other end portion of the printhead along the downstream side of the feeding direction.

[0058] 在此情形中,该第二支撑部能够在与带盒的第二受支撑部的位置对应的位置中被设置在头保持器上。 [0058] In this case, the second support portion at a position capable of receiving the second supporting portion corresponding to the position of the tape cassette is provided on the head holder.

[0059] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括第二受支撑部。 [0059] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a second support receiving portion. 该第二受支撑部可以连接到头保持器插入部的盒第二端部,并且在与所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上面对头保持器插入部。 The second support receiving portion may be connected to the head holder insertion portion of the cassette second end portion, and in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction above the head holder insertion portion. 该盒第二端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The cassette second end is another end portion is located along the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion of the downstream side. 该第二受支撑部可以是从所述底表面沿着朝向顶表面的方向延伸的第二凹部。 The second support receiving portion may be a second recess extending in a direction from the bottom surface toward the top surface. 并且,如下的第一距离和第二距离可以彼此相等,该第一距离是在第一受支撑部和被安装在壳体内的带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的距离,该第二距离是在第二受支撑部和所述带的竖直中心位置之间的沿竖直方向的距离。 And, as the first distance and the second distance may be equal to each other, the first distance is a distance in the vertical direction in a first vertical central support portion and is mounted within the housing between a position with the subject, the The second distance is the distance in the vertical direction by the support portion and the second vertical center position of the tape between. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括第二支撑部。 In addition, the tape printer may further comprise a second supporting portion. 该第二支撑部可以被设置在头保持器上,以支撑作为带盒的第二受支撑部的所述第二凹部的顶壁部分。 The second support portion may be provided on the head holder to support a ceiling wall portion of the tape cassette by the second support portion of the second recess. 当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,该第二支撑部处于打印头的沿供给方向的下游侧。 When the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the second support portion in the feeding direction of the print head along the downstream side. 该头保持器可以是板状部件,其具有比头保持器插入部沿纵向方向的长度长的长度,并且当带盒被安装在盒容纳部分中时,头保持器被沿着头保持器插入部的纵向方向布置。 The head holder may be a plate-like member, having a longitudinal direction than the head holder insertion portion of the length of the long length, and when the tape cartridge is installed in the cassette accommodating portion, the head holder insertion head is held along arranged in the longitudinal direction of the Department. 当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,头保持器的头第一端部可以位于头保持器插入部的盒第一端部的沿供给方向的上游侧。 When the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the head portion of the first end of the head holder may be positioned along the upstream side of the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion of the first end portion of the cartridge. 该头第一端部是位于所述纵向方向上并且位于打印头的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部。 The head is located at said first end portion in the longitudinal direction and the end portion located on the upstream side of the print head along the feeding direction. 该第一支撑部可以是通过切除头保持器的头第一端部的上部而在该头保持器的预定高度位置处形成的阶形部。 The first support portion may be an upper end portion of the first head holder by cutting head and at a predetermined height position of the head holder is formed of stepped portions. 该第二支撑部可以是在与头保持器布置的方向垂直的方向上、在预定高度位置处从头保持器的头第二端部延伸的延伸片。 The second support portion may be arranged on the holder and a direction perpendicular to the first direction, at a predetermined height position of the head piece extending from the ground to maintain the second end portion extends. 该头第二端部是位于所述纵向方向上并且位于打印头的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The head is located at the second end portion of the longitudinal direction and the other end portion of the printhead along the downstream side of the feeding direction. 第一支撑部和第二支撑部在平面图可以分别沿着彼此垂直的方向延伸。 The first support portion and the second supporting portion may respectively extend in a direction perpendicular to each other in a plan view. 第一支撑部和第二支撑部可以被设置在头保持器上的高度相同的位置处。 The first support portion and the second supporting portion may be provided on the same height as the first holder of the position.

[0060] 在此情形中,当第一受支撑部和第二受支撑部分别被第一支撑部和第二支撑部支撑时,可以不仅沿竖直方向而且沿水平方向适当地维持在打印头和头保持器插入部之间的位置关系。 [0060] In this case, when the first support receiving portion and the second supporting portions is supported by the first supporting portion and second supporting portions, not only in the vertical direction and in printhead to properly maintain the horizontal direction and the positional relationship between the head holder insertion portion.

[0061] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括钩接合部。 [0061] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a hook engaging portion. 该钩接合部可以面对头保持器插入部,并且可以沿着头保持器插入部的纵向方向位于第一受支撑部和第二受支撑部之间。 The hook engaging portion may face the head holder insertion portion, and can maintain the longitudinal direction of the insertion portion is located between the first support receiving portion and the second supporting portion that is along the head. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括钩。 In addition, the tape printer may further comprise a hook. 该钩可以被设置在当带盒安装在盒容纳部分中时与钩接合部相对的位置中,并且沿着插入和移除所述带盒的方向从盒容纳部分延伸。 The hooks may be provided when the tape cartridge is mounted in engagement with the hook portion opposite to the cartridge receiving position, and the direction of insertion and removal of the tape cartridge from the cartridge receiving portion extends. 该钩可适于与钩接合部接合。 The hook can be adapted to engage with the hook engagement.

[0062] 在此情形中,可以在带盒被安装于带式打印机中之后限制该带盒沿着其上升方向即沿着向上方向的移动。 [0062] In this case, you can limit the cassette that is in the upward direction of movement along its upward direction after the tape cartridge is installed in the tape printer. 结果,可以以稳定的方式执行所述带的供给和打印。 As a result, in a stable manner with the implementation of the supply and printing.

[0063] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括受按压部。 [0063] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a press receiving portion. 该受按压部可以连接到头保持器插入部的盒第一端部,并且沿着第一方向面对头保持器插入部。 The pressing portion may be connected by the head holder insertion portion cassette first end portion, along the first direction and facing the head holder insertion portion. 该受按压部可以是从所述顶表面沿着朝向底表面的方向延伸的第三凹部。 The pressing portion may be a third receiving recess extending from said top surface in a direction toward the bottom surface. 该受按压部可以位于第一受支撑部上方并且可以沿竖直方向与第一受支撑部重叠。 The pressing portion may be positioned by the first support portion that is above and may overlap the first support receiving portion in the vertical direction. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括盖和按压部件。 In addition, the tape printer may further include a cover and a pressing member. 该盖可适于覆盖被安装在盒容纳部分中的带盒的顶表面。 The cover can be adapted to cover the top surface is mounted on the cassette housing portion of the tape cassette. 该按压部件可以从所述盖的下表面向下延伸,并且可适于按压作为受按压部的所述第三凹部的底壁部分。 The pressing member may extend downwardly from the lower surface of the lid, and may be adapted as a bottom wall portion by pressing the pressing portion of the third recess.

[0064] 在此情形中,该带盒由第一支撑部支撑并且还在打印头附近受按压部件按压。 [0064] In this case, the tape cassette is supported by the first support portion and also in the vicinity of the print head is pressed by the pressing member. 因此,该带式打印机不仅使得能够在带盒被安装于带式打印机中时沿竖直方向定位该带盒, 而且还使得能够在带盒被安装于带式打印机之后限制该带盒沿向上方向的移动(所谓的上升移动)。 Therefore, not only so that the tape printer can be installed in the tape printer when the positioning in the vertical direction of the tape cassette in the tape cassette, but also makes it possible to limit the upward direction of the tape cassette in the tape cassette is installed in the tape printer after movement (so-called rising movement). 结果,在利用打印头进行的打印的沿竖直方向的中心位置与所述带的沿着带宽度方向的中心位置之间的适当关系可以得到维持。 As a result, an appropriate relationship between the center position in the vertical direction using the print head in printing width direction and the center position of the band can be maintained between the.

[0065] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括臂部和臂指示器部分。 [0065] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include an arm and an arm indicator portion. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且可以由臂前表面和臂后表面限定。 The arm portion may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion, and may be defined by the rear surface of the front surface of the arm and the arm. 该臂前表面是壳体的前表面的一部分。 The arm front surface is a portion of the front surface of the housing. 臂后表面被分开地设置在臂前表面的后部处并且从顶表面延伸到底表面,由此限定头保持器插入部的一部分。 After the arm surface are separately provided on the front surface of the arm at the rear and in the end surface extending from the top surface, thereby defining a portion of the head holder insertion portion. 臂部可以引导所述带朝向开口排出,该开口在壳体的前表面侧将头保持器插入部与外部相连。 Arm can be guided toward the tape discharge opening, the opening head holder insertion portion and connected to the outside on the front surface side of the housing. 该臂指示器部分可适于指示所述带的类型,并且可以在臂前表面中形成在该开口附近。 The arm indicator portion may be adapted to indicate the tape type, and may be formed in the arm front surface in the vicinity of the opening. 该臂指示器部分可以包括以与所述带的类型对应的样式布置的多个指示器。 The arm indicator portion may include a plurality of indicators in the style of the band corresponding to the type of arrangement. 所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器均是开关孔和表面部分中的任一种。 Each of said plurality of indicator are one indicator hole and surface portion switches any one. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括多个检测开关和带类型识别部分。 In addition, the tape printer may further comprise a plurality of detecting switches and a tape type identifying portion. 该多个检测开关可以突出成与被安装在盒容纳部分中的带盒的臂指示器部分面对。 The plurality of detecting switches may protrude to face the arm indicator portion and being installed in the cassette receiving portion of the cassette. 该多个检测开关中的每一个检测开关可适于面对所述臂指示器部分中的开关孔从而处于关状态下,或者面对表面部分从而处于开状态下。 The plurality of detecting switches each detecting switch may be adapted to face the arm indicator portion of the hole so that the switch is in the OFF state, or to face the surface portion is in the open state so. 该带类型识别部分可以基于所述多个检测开关的开状态和关状态的组合来识别出所述带的类型。 Type identification portion of the tape may be based on a combination of the plurality of open state detection switch on and off states to identify the type of the tape.

[0066] 在此情形中,与头保持器插入部的第一端部连接的第一受支撑部还被连接到臂部,指示所述带的类型的臂指示器部分被设置在该臂部中。 The arm indicator portion [0066] In this case, the first end portion to maintain the head insertion portion that is connected to a first support portion is also connected to the arm, indicating that the tape type is provided on the arm in. 因此,当带盒被安装在带式打印机中时,该带盒在被设置于臂指示器部分附近的第一受支撑部上由第一支撑部支撑,因此带盒沿竖直方向被适当地定位。 Therefore, when the tape cassette is mounted in the tape printer, the tape cassette being disposed in the vicinity of the arm indicator portion by the first support portion supporting the first support portion, thus the tape cassette in the vertical direction is suitably Location. 结果,可以确保臂指示器部分和面对该臂指示器部分的多个检测开关之间的准确位置关系。 As a result, we can ensure accurate arm indicator portion and the face of the positional relationship between a plurality of detection switches of the arm indicator portion between. 结果,可以降低检测开关的误检测的可能性。 As a result, the possibility of erroneous detection of the detection switch can be reduced.

[0067] 在该带式打印机中,将带盒的臂指示器部分中的所述多个指示器中的每一个指示器相连的直线可以与插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉。 [0067] In the tape printer, the tape cassette of the arm indicator portion of the plurality of indicators in each of the linear indicator can be connected to the cross direction of the tape cassette is inserted and removed. 另外,将所述多个检测开关中的每一个检测开关相连的直线可以与插入和移除所述带盒的方向交叉。 Further, the plurality of the linear detection switch each detecting switch can be connected with the insertion and removal of the tape cassette in the direction crossing.

[0068] 在此情形中,所述多个指示器和多个检测开关被分别布置成使得它们彼此不沿着带盒的插入和移除方向排列。 [0068] In this case, the plurality of indicators and a plurality of detecting switches are respectively arranged such that they are not aligned with each other along the direction of insertion and removal of the tape cassette. 结果,可以进一步降低检测开关的误检测的可能性。 As a result, further reduce the possibility of erroneous detection of the detection switch.

[0069] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括臂部。 [0069] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further comprise an arm. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口。 The arm may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion and includes a portion of the front surface and an outlet. 该臂部可以将所述带与前表面平行地引导到出口。 The arm can be parallel to the surface of the belt and the front guided to the exit. 并且,该壳体可以包括顶壳和底壳。 And, the housing may include a top case and the bottom case. 该顶壳可以包括形成顶表面的顶壁,并且该底壳可以包括形成底表面的底壁。 The top case may include forming a top surface of the top wall and the bottom case includes a bottom wall forming a bottom surface. 作为第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部可以通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成,被连接到臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部。 As the upstream side of the first support receiving portion may be a first recess portion by said bottom wall recess formed upward, is connected to the feeding direction of the end portion of the arm. 第一受支撑部可以包括第一下侧平坦表面。 The first support receiving portion may include a first lower planar surface. 该第一下侧平坦表面可以是第一凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,并且可以位于比壳体的底表面高的位置。 The first lower flat surface may be a lower surface of the top wall of the first recess portion, and may be located higher than the position of the bottom surface of the housing. 该第一支撑部可以支撑第一下侧平坦表面。 The first support portion may support the first lower flat surface side. 该底壳可以包括第一下侧调节部。 The bottom case may include a first lower regulating portion. 该第一下侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The first lower regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side along the feeding direction of the arm. 该第一下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与第一下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The first lower regulating portion can be based on the band width determined from the vertical direction and the side surface of the first lower planar spaced apart. 第一下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The first lower regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0070] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,第一下侧限制部和第一下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置。 [0070] In this case, in the bottom case, the first lower regulating portion and the first lower flat surface side is provided with the arm portion close to each other as the position of the reference point. 使用第一下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第一下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 Use-side first lower flat surface as a reference surface to determine the location of the first lower regulating portion in the vertical direction. 相应地,可以在第一下侧调节部被制造时提高尺寸精度。 Accordingly, the dimensional accuracy can be improved when the first lower regulating portion is manufactured. 当执行打印时, 带盒在作为基准表面的第一下侧平坦表面上由第一支撑部支撑。 When printing is performed on a tape cartridge as a reference surface of the first lower flat surface supported by the first support portion. 所述带在其沿带宽度方向的移动受到限制的同时被供给。 While the tape along its width direction movement is restricted is supplied. 因此,可以提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be improved tape.

[0071] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括排出引导部。 [0071] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a discharge guide portion. 该排出引导部可以处于带供给路径上的最下游位置,并且可以在所述带已经通过出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从带盒排出。 The discharge guide portion may be in a most downstream position on a feed path of the tape, and the tape may have been discharged through the outlet after guiding the tape, and the tape is discharged from the tape cassette. 并且,在第一下侧平坦表面和第一下侧调节部之间沿着壳体的左右方向的距离可以比在臂部的出口和排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 And, between the first lower flat surface side and a first lower regulating portion side from the lateral direction of the housing outlet along the arm can be compared and the short distance between the right and left direction guide portion is discharged.

[0072] 在此情形中,可以使第一下侧平坦表面和第一下侧调节部的尺寸精度更高,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 [0072] In this case, the dimensional accuracy can first lower planar surface and a first lower regulating portion is higher, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape.

[0073] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒的底壳可以包括第二受支撑部。 [0073] In the tape printer, the tape cassette bottom case may include a second support receiving portion. 该第二受支撑部可以在头保持器插入部的盒第二端部附近被连接到头保持器插入部。 The second support receiving portion may remain near the second end portion of the insertion portion of the cartridge is connected to the head holder insertion portion in the head. 该盒第二端部是位于头保持器插入部的沿供给方向的下游侧的另一个端部。 The cassette second end is another end portion is located along the feeding direction of the head holder insertion portion of the downstream side. 该第二受支撑部可以是通过使所述底壁向上凹陷而形成的第二凹部。 The second support receiving portion may be a second concave portion by the bottom wall of the recess formed up. 该第二受支撑部可以具有第二下侧平坦表面。 The second support receiving portion may have a second lower planar surface. 该第二下侧平坦表面可以是第二凹部的顶壁部分的下表面,并且可以处于比壳体的底表面高的位置。 The second lower flat surface may be a portion of the lower surface of the top wall of the second recess, and may be higher than the bottom surface of the housing at a position. 该第一下侧调节部可以沿着壳体的左右方向位于第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面之间的位置。 The first lower regulating portion may be located at the side of the first planar surface and the side surface of the second lower flat between the left-right direction of the housing. 第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面可以从所述带的沿竖直方向的竖直中心位置间隔开相同的距离。 Side of the first lower planar surface and a second planar surface side may be spaced apart at the same distance from the vertical center position in the vertical direction of the belt. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括第二支撑部。 In addition, the tape printer may further comprise a second supporting portion. 该第二支撑部可以被设置在打印头保持器上,以支撑带盒的第二下侧平坦表面。 The second support portion may be provided on the print head holder to support the second lower planar surface of the tape cassette. 当头保持器被插入在头保持器插入部中时,该第二支撑部可以处于打印头的沿供给方向的下游侧。 When the head holder is inserted in the head holder insertion portion, the second support portion may be in the print head along the feed direction downstream side. 第一支撑部和第二支撑部可以被设置在头保持器上的高度相同的位置处。 The first support portion and the second supporting portion may be provided on the same height as the first holder of the position.

[0074] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,可以使用第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第一下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0074] In this case, in the bottom case, you can use the side of the first lower planar surface and the side surface of the second lower flat surface as a reference to determine the position of the first lower regulating portion in the vertical direction. 第一下侧平坦表面和第二下侧平坦表面被分别设置在头保持器插入部的上游侧端部(第一端部)和下游侧端部(第二端部)附近,从而将第一下侧调节部夹在它们之间。 Side of the first lower flat surface and the side of the second lower planar surface are provided respectively on the upstream side end portion of the head holder insertion portion (first end portion) and the downstream side end portion (second end portion) near, so that the first lower side regulating portion sandwiched therebetween. 因此,当第一下侧调节部被制造时,可以进一步提高该第一下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the first lower regulating portion is manufactured, can further improve the dimensional accuracy of the first lower regulating portion. 当执行打印时,在带盒分别在作为基准表面的第一和第二下侧平坦表面上由第一和第二支撑部支撑的同时供给所述带。 When printing is performed on each cassette as the reference surfaces of the first and second lower flat surfaces of the first and second support portions of the belt while supporting the supply. 第一和第二支撑部被分别设置在上游侧和下游侧上。 The first and second support portion is provided on the upstream and downstream sides, respectively. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

[0075] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括带引导部。 [0075] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a tape guide portion. 该带引导部可以引导从出口排出的带。 The tape guide can boot from the outlet of the band. 该带引导部可以位于该出口的沿供给方向的下游侧且在头保持器插入部的盒第二端部附近。 The downstream side of the tape guide portion may be located at the outlet of the feeding direction and are in the vicinity of the head holder insertion portion of the second end portion of the cartridge. 并且,该底壳可以包括第二下侧调节部。 And the bottom case can include a second lower regulating portion. 该第二下侧调节部可以被设置在带引导部中,并且以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与第二下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The second lower regulating portion may be provided in the tape guide portion, and in accordance with the width of the tape determined distance in the vertical direction with the side surface of the second lower planar spaced apart. 第二下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 Second lower regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0076] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,第二下侧平坦表面和第二下侧调节部被设置在头保持器插入部的第二端部附近,并且使用第二下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定第二下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0076] In this case, in the bottom case, the second lower flat surface side and the second lower regulating portion is provided in the vicinity of the second end portion of the head holder insertion portion, and a second planar surface of the lower side as a reference to determine the position of the second lower surface side regulating portion in the vertical direction. 因此,当第二下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该第二下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Thus, when the second lower regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the second lower regulating portion. 此外,带盒可以在作为基准表面的第一和第二下侧平坦表面上由第一和第二支撑部支撑。 In addition, the tape cassette can be supported by the first and second support portions on a reference surface of the first and second lower flat surface. 所述带可以在其沿带宽度方向的移动受到第一和第二下侧调节部限制的同时被供给。 At the same time the band may be first and second lower regulating portion limits its movement along the width direction is supplied. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

[0077] 在该带式打印机中,在带盒的底壳包括第一下侧调节部的情形中,该顶壳可以包括受按压部和上侧调节部。 [0077] In the tape printer, the tape cassette of the bottom case includes the case of the first lower regulating portion, the top case may include a portion that is pressed and the upper side regulating portion. 该受按压部可以连接到臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部。 By the end of the pressing portion may be connected to the feeding direction of the upstream side of the arm. 该受按压部可以是通过使所述顶壁向下凹陷而形成的第三凹部。 The unit can be pressed against the third recess by the top wall down to depression formed. 该受按压部可以具有上侧平坦表面。 By pressing the upper portion may have a flat surface. 该上侧平坦表面可以是第三凹部的底壁部分的上表面,可以位于第一下侧平坦表面上方并且在平面图中与第一下侧平坦表面重叠。 The upper flat surface may be the upper surface of the bottom wall portion of the third concave portions, may be located above the first lower flat surface and overlap in plan view and the side surface of the first lower planar. 该上侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The upper side regulating portion may be provided on the upstream side of the exit of the feeding direction of the arm. 该上侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿竖直方向与上侧平坦表面间隔开。 The upper portion can be adjusted from the vertical direction according to the width of the strip determined and spaced from the upper flat surface. 该上侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 The upper side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the belt in an upward direction. 另外,该带式打印机可以进一步包括盖和按压部件。 In addition, the tape printer may further include a cover and a pressing member. 该盖可适于覆盖被安装在盒容纳部分中的带盒的顶表面。 The cover can be adapted to cover the top surface is mounted on the cassette housing portion of the tape cassette. 该按压部件可以从所述盖的下表面向下延伸并且适于按压上侧平坦表面。 The pressing member may extend downwardly from the lower surface of the cover and adapted to press the upper flat surface.

[0078] 在此情形下,在该顶壳中,上侧调节部和上侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定上侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0078] In this case, the top case, the upper side regulating portion and the upper flat surface is provided with an arm as a reference point close to each other position, and use the side on a flat surface as a reference surface to determine the upper side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当上侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该上侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the upper side regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the upper regulating portion. 当执行打印时,带盒在作为基准表面的第一下侧平坦表面上由第一支撑部支撑。 When printing is performed on a tape cartridge as a reference surface of the first lower flat surface supported by the first support portion. 此外,带盒受按压部件按压在上侧平坦表面上。 In addition, the tape cassette is pressed by the pressing member on the upper side of the flat surface. 因此,所述带可以在其沿带宽度方向的移动受到第一下侧调节部和上侧调节部限制的同时被供给,并且带盒的上升运动可以受到按压部件限制。 Therefore, the belt can be moved along its width direction by the first lower regulating portion and the upper regulating portion is supplied at the same time limitations, and the upward movement of the cassette pressing member can be restricted. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

[0079] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括臂部。 [0079] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further comprise an arm. 该臂部可以邻近于头保持器插入部的前侧,并且包括所述前表面的一部分和出口。 The arm may be adjacent to the front side of the head holder insertion portion and includes a portion of the front surface and an outlet. 该臂部可以将所述带与前表面平行地引导到出口。 The arm can be parallel to the surface of the belt and the front guided to the exit. 并且,该壳体可以包括顶壳和底壳。 And, the housing may include a top case and the bottom case. 该顶壳可以包括形成顶表面的顶壁,并且该底壳可以包括形成底表面的底壁。 The top case may include forming a top surface of the top wall and the bottom case includes a bottom wall forming a bottom surface. 该顶壳可以包括第一上侧突出部。 The top case may include a first upper projecting portion. 该第一上侧突出部可以被连接到臂部的沿供给方向的上游侧的端部,并且从所述顶壁向下突出。 The first upper projecting portion may be connected to the feeding direction of the arm of the upstream end portion and projecting downward from the top wall. 该第一上侧突出部可以在其下端上具有上侧平坦表面。 The first upper projecting portion may have an upper flat surface on its lower end. 作为第一受支撑部的所述第一凹部可以以该上侧平坦表面作为顶壁部分的下表面。 As the first by the support portion of the first recess may be a flat surface of the upper side as the lower surface of the top wall portion. 该第一支撑部可以支撑该上侧平坦表面。 The first support portion can support side on a flat surface. 该顶壳可以包括上侧调节部,该上侧调节部在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The top case may include adjusting the upper portion, the upper portion of the arm adjustment is provided on the upstream side of the outlet along the feeding direction. 该上侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与上侧平坦表面间隔开。 The upper portion can be adjusted according to the width of the belt determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing and spaced from the upper flat surface. 该上侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向上方向上的移动。 The upper side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the belt in an upward direction.

[0080] 在此情形下,在该顶壳中,上侧调节部和上侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用上侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定上侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0080] In this case, the top case, the upper side regulating portion and the upper flat surface is provided with an arm as a reference point close to each other position, and use the side on a flat surface as a reference surface to determine the upper side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当上侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该上侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the upper side regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the upper regulating portion. 当执行打印时,带盒在作为基准表面的上侧平坦表面上由第一支撑部支撑。 When printing is performed on a tape cartridge as a reference surface of the upper flat surface supported by the first support portion. 所述带在其沿带宽度方向的移动受到上侧调节部限制的同时被供给。 While moving the tape along its width direction by the upper limit adjusting unit is supplied. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

[0081] 在该带式打印机中,该带盒可以进一步包括排出引导部。 [0081] In the tape printer, the tape cassette may further include a discharge guide portion. 该排出引导部可以处于所述带的供给路径上的最下游位置,并且可以在所述带已经通过出口被排出之后引导所述带,并将所述带从带盒排出。 The discharge guide portion may be in the supply path downstream of the position on the tape, and the tape may have been discharged through the outlet after guiding the tape, and the tape is discharged from the tape cassette. 并且,在上侧平坦表面和上侧调节部之间沿着壳体的左右方向的距离可以比在臂部的出口和排出引导部之间在所述左右方向上的距离短。 And, between the upper flat surface and the upper regulating portion distance along the lateral direction of the housing can be compared to exports in the arm and a short distance on the right and left direction between the guide portion is discharged.

[0082] 在此情形中,可以使上侧平坦表面和上侧调节部的尺寸精度更高,因此可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 [0082] In this case, you can make the upper flat surface and a higher dimensional accuracy of the upper portion of the adjustment, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape. [0083] 在该带式打印机中,在该带盒的顶壳包括上侧调节部的情形中,该底壳可以包括下侧突出部和下侧调节部。 [0083] In the tape printer, the tape cassette in the top case includes an upper case side regulating portion, the bottom case may include a protruding lower side and lower side regulating portion. 该下侧突出部可以在与上侧平坦表面的一端部相对的位置中从底壁向上突出,所述一端部不是上侧平坦表面的沿供给方向的下游侧的端部。 The lower projecting portion may protrude upward and an end portion of the upper flat surface of the opposite position from the bottom wall, not on the side of the end portion of the flat surface of the feeding direction of the downstream end side. 该下侧突出部可以在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面。 The lower projecting portion may have a flat surface on the lower side of the upper end thereof. 该下侧平坦表面可以是与上侧平坦表面接触的平坦表面。 The lower side of the planar surface may be in contact with the upper flat surface of the flat surface. 该下侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The lower side regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side along the feeding direction of the arm. 该下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The lower side portion can be adjusted according to the width of the tape determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing and the lower planar surface spaced apart. 该下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The lower side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0084] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,下侧调节部和下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0084] In this case, in the bottom case, the lower-side side regulating portion and the flat surface of the lower arm is provided with a reference point for the position close to each other, and using the lower side of the flat surface as a reference surface to determine the lower side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高该下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the lower side regulating portion is manufactured, it can improve the dimensional accuracy of the lower regulating portion. 结果,所述带沿带宽度方向的移动受到上侧调节部和下侧调节部限制。 As a result, the movement of the belt along the width direction by adjusting the upper portion and the lower limit adjustment portion. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

[0085] 在该带式打印机中,在该带盒的顶壳包括第一上侧突出部的情形中,该顶壳可以包括从顶壁向下突出的第二上侧突出部。 [0085] In the tape printer, the tape cassette in the top case includes a first protrusion on the side of the case, the top case may include projecting downward from the top wall of the second upper projecting portion. 该第二上侧突出部可以被连接到上侧平坦表面的一端部,所述一端部不是上侧平坦表面的沿供给方向的下游侧的端部。 The upper end portion of the second projecting portion can be connected to one end portion of the upper flat surface of the end portion is not along the upper flat surface of the downstream side of the feeding direction. 该第二上侧突出部可以在其下端上具有上侧接触平坦表面。 The second upper projecting portion may have an upper contact flat surface on the lower end thereof. 并且,该底壳可以包括下侧突出部和下侧调节部。 And, the bottom case may include a protruding lower side and lower side regulating portion. 该下侧突出部可以在与上侧平坦表面的所述一端部邻近的位置中从底壁向上突出,所述一端部不是该上侧平坦表面的沿供给方向的下游侧的端部。 Side end portion of the lower projecting portion may protrude upwardly with the upper flat surface of the adjacent end portions in a position from the bottom wall, the upper end portion of the flat surface instead of along a feeding direction downstream side. 该下侧突出部可以在其上端上具有下侧平坦表面。 The lower projecting portion may have a flat surface on the lower side of the upper end thereof. 该下侧平坦表面可以是与上侧接触平坦表面接触的平坦表面。 The lower side of the planar surface may be brought into contact with the upper flat surface of the contact flat surface. 该下侧调节部可以在臂部中被设置在出口的沿供给方向的上游侧。 The lower side regulating portion may be provided at the outlet of the upstream side along the feeding direction of the arm. 该下侧调节部能以根据所述带的宽度而确定的距离沿着壳体的竖直方向与第一下侧平坦表面间隔开。 The lower side portion can be adjusted according to the width of the tape determined distance along the vertical direction of the housing with the side surface of the first lower planar spaced apart. 该下侧调节部可适于限制所述带在向下方向上的移动。 The lower side regulating portion may be adapted to restrict the movement of the tape in the downward direction.

[0086] 在此情形下,在该底壳中,下侧限制部和下侧平坦表面被设置在以臂部为基准点彼此接近的位置,并且使用下侧平坦表面作为基准表面来确定下侧调节部沿竖直方向的位置。 [0086] In this case, in the bottom case, the lower regulating portion and the flat surface of the lower side is provided with the arm portion as a point of reference positions close to each other, and using the lower side of the flat surface as a reference surface to determine the lower side adjusting the position of the vertical direction section. 因此,当下侧调节部被制造时,可以提高下侧调节部的尺寸精度。 Accordingly, when the lower side regulating portion is manufactured, the dimensional accuracy can be improved at the side regulating portion. 结果,所述带沿带宽度方向的移动受到上侧调节部和下侧调节部限制。 As a result, the movement of the belt along the width direction by adjusting the upper portion and the lower limit adjustment portion. 因此,可以进一步提高所述带的供给精度。 Therefore, the feeding accuracy can be further improved tape.

附图说明 Brief Description

[0087] 图1为从上方观察带盒盖6处于关闭状态的带式打印装置1的透视图。 Belt [0087] FIG. 1 as seen from above with a cover 6 is a perspective view of a closed state of the printing apparatus 1.

[0088] 图2为从上方观察带盒盖6处于打开状态的带式打印装置1的透视图。 Belt [0088] FIG. 2 as seen from above the cassette cover 6 is open to print a perspective view of a device.

[0089] 图3为从下方观察省略一部分构成要素的带盒盖6的透视图。 [0089] Figure 3 is a perspective view of a portion of the cassette cover constituent elements are omitted in FIG. 6 as viewed from below.

[0090] 图4为用于说明第一实施方式中的带盒30及盒容纳部分8的透视图。 [0090] FIG. 4 is a view for explaining a first embodiment of a perspective view of the tape cassette 30 and the cassette housing portion 8.

[0091] 图5为压板保持器12处于待用位置时的安装有层叠式带盒30的盒容纳部分8的俯视图。 [0091] FIG. 5 is a platen holder 12 is installed in the standby position are stacked cassette tape accommodating cassette 30 in a plan view of part 8.

[0092] 图6为压板保持器12处于打印位置时的安装有层叠式带盒30的盒容纳部分8的俯视图。 [0092] FIG. 6 is a holder mounting platen in the printing position when the tape cassette 12 has a stacked cassette 30 accommodating a plan view of the portion 8.

[0093] 图7为压板保持器12处于打印位置时的安装有接收器式带盒30的盒容纳部分8 的俯视图。 [0093] FIG. 7 is a platen holder 12 is installed in the printing position of the tape cassette of Formula with a receiver 30 of the cassette receiving portion 8 of the top view of FIG. [0094] 图8为压板保持器12处于打印位置时的安装有热式带盒30的盒容纳部分8的俯视图。 [0094] FIG. 8 is a plate holder 12 is in the mounted position of the printing thermal type tape cassette accommodating cassette 30 a plan view of part 8.

[0095] 图9为头保持器74的俯视图。 [0095] FIG. 9 is a plan view of the head holder 74.

[0096] 图10为头保持器74的主视图。 [0096] FIG. 10 is a front view of the head holder 74.

[0097] 图11为头保持器74的左侧视图。 [0097] FIG. 11 is a left side view of the head holder 74.

[0098] 图12为设有臂检测部200的带盒对向表面122的后视图。 [0098] FIG. 12 is provided with the arm detection portion 200 of the cassette to the surface 122 of the rear view.

[0099] 图13为图12的II-II线的箭头方向剖视图。 Arrow [0099] FIG. 13 FIG. 12 is the line II-II cross-sectional view.

[0100] 图14为将图5的II线的箭头方向剖视图朝逆时针方向旋转90的图。 [0100] FIG. 14 is the direction of the arrow II in FIG. 5 a cross-sectional view of FIG counterclockwise rotation of 90 .

[0101] 图15为表示带式打印装置1的电结构的框图。 [0101] FIG. 15 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the tape printing apparatus 1.

[0102] 图16为大宽度带盒30的臂前壁35的主视图。 [0102] FIG. 16 is a wide-width tape cassette 30 is a front view of the arm 35 of the front wall.

[0103] 图17为小宽度带盒30的臂部34的透视图。 [0103] FIG. 17 is a narrow-width tape cassette 30 is a perspective view of the arm 34.

[0104] 图18为小宽度带盒30的臂前壁35的主视图。 [0104] FIG. 18 is a narrow-width tape cassette 30 is a front view of the arm 35 of the front wall.

[0105] 图19为盒壳31的分解透视图。 [0105] FIG. 19 is an exploded perspective view of the cassette shell 31.

[0106] 图20为底壳312的俯视图。 [0106] FIG. 20 is a plan view of the bottom case 312.

[0107] 图21为从带盒30的底表面302前方侧观察的透视图。 [0107] FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a tape cartridge from the bottom surface 302 of the front side 30 viewed.

[0108] 图22为第一圆筒部件861的透视图。 [0108] FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a first cylindrical member 861.

[0109] 图23为表示制造底壳312时的图20的IV-IV线的箭头方向剖面及模具的模型84 的剖面的图。 [0109] FIG. 23 is a view showing the direction of arrow 312 when manufacturing the bottom case line IV-IV of FIG. 20 is a sectional view of the model and the mold section 84 in FIG.

[0110] 图M为带盒30的俯视图。 [0110] FIG M is a plan view of the tape cassette 30.

[0111] 图25为顶壳311的仰视图。 [0111] FIG. 25 is a bottom view of the top case 311.

[0112] 图沈为第一压入销871的透视图。 [0112] FIG Shen is a perspective view of the first insertion pin 871.

[0113] 图27为用于说明第一圆筒部件861和第一压入销871的嵌合过程的带盒30的纵剖视图。 [0113] FIG. 27 is a view for explaining a first cylindrical member 861 and the first insertion pin 871 is fitted in the process cartridge 30 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view.

[0114] 图观为用于说明第一圆筒部件861和第一压入销871的嵌合过程的带盒30的其他纵剖视图。 [0114] FIG concept for explaining the first cylindrical member 861 and the first insertion pin fitting process 871 of the cassette 30, a longitudinal cross-sectional view of another.

[0115] 图四为用于说明处于嵌合状态第一圆筒部件861和第一压入销871的带盒30的纵剖视图。 [0115] Figure Four in a fitting condition for explaining a vertical cross-sectional view of the first cylindrical member 861 and the first insertion pin 871 of the tape cassette 30.

[0116] 图30为从正面侧观察安装到带式打印装置1的大宽度带盒30的说明图。 [0116] FIG. 30 is observed from the front side is mounted to the tape printing apparatus 1 described wide-width tape cassette 30 of FIG.

[0117] 图31为从左侧面侧观察安装到带式打印装置1的大宽度带盒30的说明图。 [0117] FIG. 31 is viewed from the left side mounted to the tape printing apparatus of wide-width tape cassette 30 of FIG. 1 is described. [0118] 图32为从正面侧观察安装到带式打印装置1的小宽度带盒30的说明图。 [0118] FIG. 32 is observed from the front side of the tape printing apparatus is mounted to a small-width tape cassette 30 of FIG. 1 is described.

[0119] 图33为从左侧面侧观察安装到带式打印装置1的小宽度带盒30的说明图。 [0119] FIG. 33 is viewed from the left side mounted to the tape printing apparatus 1 of small width tape cassette 30 described in FIG.

[0120] 图34为图16所示的带盒30和压板保持器12相对时的图16的III-III线的箭头方向剖视图。 Cross-sectional view [0120] FIG tape cassette 30 and the platen 34 is shown in FIG. 16 remain opposite direction of the arrow 12 in FIG line III-III when 16.

[0121] 图35为用于说明第二实施方式中的带盒30及盒容纳部分8的透视图。 [0121] FIG. 35 is a view for explaining a second embodiment of a perspective view of the tape cassette 30 and the cassette housing portion 8.

[0122] 图36为第二实施方式中的带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的俯视图。 [0122] FIG. 36 is a second embodiment of the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 of a plan view.

[0123] 图37为从第二实施方式的带盒30的底表面302前方侧观察的透视图。 [0123] FIG. 37 is the second embodiment of the tape cassette perspective view of the bottom surface 302 side 30.

[0124] 图38为从正面侧观察第二实施方式中的安装在带式打印装置1上的带盒30的说明图。 [0124] FIG. 38 is viewed from the front to install a second embodiment of the tape printing device 30 of the tape cassette 1 illustrating on.

[0125] 图39为第三实施方式中的安装有带盒30的盒容纳部分8的俯视图。 [0125] FIG. 39 is a third embodiment of the tape cassette 30 is installed in cassette receiving portion 8 of the top view of FIG. [0126] 图40为第三实施方式中的底壳312的俯视图。 [0126] FIG. 40 is a third embodiment of a plan view of the bottom case 312.

[0127] 图41为从第三实施方式中的带盒30的底表面302前方侧观察的透视图。 [0127] FIG. 41 is a perspective view of the bottom surface of the third embodiment of the tape cassette 30 of 302 side.

[0128] 图42为第三实施方式中的顶壳311和底壳312接合时的图41的IV-IV线的箭头方向剖视图。 [0128] FIG. 42 is a sectional view taken along the arrow IV-IV line 41 of the third embodiment of the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 when joining.

[0129] 图43为图42所示部分中、制造底壳312时的模具的模型84及底壳312的剖视图。 [0129] 43 parts shown in Figure 42, the cross-sectional view of the model 84 and the bottom shell mold manufacturing the bottom case 312 to 312.

[0130] 图44为第三实施方式中的带盒30的俯视图。 [0130] FIG. 44 is a third embodiment of a plan view of the tape cassette 30.

[0131] 图45为第三实施方式中的顶壳311的仰视图。 [0131] FIG. 45 is a third embodiment 311 of a bottom view of the top case.

[0132] 图46为图42所示部分中、制造顶壳311时的模具的模型92及顶壳311的剖视图。 [0132] FIG. 46 is a section as shown in Figure 42, a cross-sectional view of the top shell mold manufacturing model 311 92 311 and the top case.

[0133] 图47为从正面侧观察的第三实施方式中的安装在带式打印装置1上的带盒30的说明图。 [0133] FIG. 47 is a third embodiment viewed from the front side of the tape printing apparatus installed in a tape cassette on the description of FIG. 30.

[0134] 图48为从正面侧观察的第三实施方式中的安装在带式打印装置1上的其他带盒30的说明图。 [0134] FIG. 48 is a third embodiment viewed from the front side of the installation in other tape printer 1 on the tape cassette 30 is an explanatory diagram.

[0135] 图49为第四实施方式中的顶壳311的仰视图。 [0135] FIG. 49 is a fourth embodiment of a bottom view of the top case 311.

[0136] 图50为第四实施方式中的顶壳311和底壳312接合时的图49的VV线的箭头方向剖视图。 [0136] FIG. 50 is a sectional view taken along the arrow line VV fourth embodiment of the top case 311 and the bottom 312 of FIG. 49 engagement.

[0137] 图51为图50所述部分中、制造顶壳311时的模具的模型92及顶壳311的剖视图。 [0137] FIG. 51 is a section 50 of the drawing, a cross-sectional view of the top shell mold manufacturing model 311 92 311 and the top case.

[0138] 图52为表示图49所示的第四实施方式的带盒30的变形例的剖视图。 [0138] FIG. 52 is a sectional view showing a modified example of the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. 49 of the tape cassette 30.

[0139] 图53为从上方观察底盖106处于关闭状态的变形例的带式打印装置1的透视图。 [0139] FIG. 53 as seen from above the bottom cover 106 in the closed state of the tape to print a perspective view of a modification of the device 1.

[0140] 图M为从下方观察底盖106处于打开状态的变形例的带式打印装置1的透视图。 [0140] FIG M is observed from below the bottom cover 106 is in an open state of a modified example of a perspective view of a tape printing apparatus.

[0141] 图55为从上方观察带盒盖6处于关闭状态的其他变形例的带式打印装置1的透视图。 Other Modifications of the tape [0141] FIG. 55 is viewed from above with the cover 6 is a perspective view of a closed state of the printing apparatus 1.

[0142] 图56为从上方观察安装有带盒30且带盒盖6处于打开状态的其他变形例的带式打印装置1的透视图。 [0142] FIG. 56 is viewed from above the tape cassette 30 is installed and the cassette cover 6 in the open state of another modified example of a perspective view of a tape printing apparatus.

具体实施方式 DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0143] 以下,参照附图对本实用新型的具体实施方式进行说明。 [0143] Referring to the drawings of the utility model specific embodiments described. 其中,所参照的附图用于说明本实用新型所能采用的技术特征,其只是说明例。 Among them, as described with reference to the accompanying drawings for the technical features of the utility model that can be used, which simply stated cases.

[0144](第一实施方式) [0144] (First Embodiment)

[0145] 参照图1至图34,如下说明第一实施方式所涉及的带式打印装置1及带盒30。 [0145] Referring to FIG. 1 to FIG. 34, the following description of the tape printing apparatus of the first embodiment and a tape cassette 30. 在本实施方式的说明中,将图1及图2的左下侧设为带式打印装置1的前侧,将图1及图2 的右上侧设为带式打印装置1的后侧,将图1及图2的右下侧设为带式打印装置1的右侧, 将图1及图2的左上侧设为带式打印装置1的左侧。 In the description of the present embodiment, the Figs. 1 and 2 in the lower left side to the front side of the tape printing apparatus 1, Fig. 1 and 2 in the upper right side to the rear side of the tape printing apparatus 1, Fig. the lower right side. 1 and 2 is set to the right side of the tape printing apparatus 1, Fig. 1 and 2 in the upper left side to the left side of the tape printing device 1. 并且,将图4的右下侧设为带盒30的前侧,将图4的左上侧设为带盒30的后侧,将图4的右上侧设为带盒30的右侧,将图4的左下侧设为带盒30的左侧。 And, the right side of FIG. 4 to the front side 30 of the tape cassette, the left side of FIG. 4 to the rear side 30 of the tape cassette, the upper right side to the right side in FIG. 4 of the tape cassette 30, Fig. the lower left side to left side 30 4 tape cartridge.

[0146] 并且,在以下说明中使用的图4等中,在图示了形成盒容纳部分8周围的壁的情况下,这些图仅仅是示意图。 [0146] Further, in the following description used in FIG. 4 and the like, in the illustrated case of forming the cassette housing portion 8 surrounding wall, these drawings are merely schematic. 因此,图中所示出的壁画得比实际厚。 Thus, the figure shown thicker than the actual mural. 在图4等表示带盒30和盒容纳部分8的透视图中所表示的包括齿轮91、93、94、97、98、101的齿轮组,实际上被空腔811的底表面覆盖而隐藏。 Gear set includes a gear 91,93,94,97,98,101, etc. in FIG. 4 shows the tape cassette 30 and the cassette housing portion 8 in a perspective view indicated, in fact covered by the bottom surface of the cavity 811 of the hidden. 但是,为了说明这些齿轮组,在这些图中,未示出空腔811的底表面。 However, in order to illustrate these gear sets, in these figures, it is not shown in the bottom surface of the cavity 811. 在图5至图8等中,以安装在盒容纳部分8的状态图示的带盒30为移除顶壳311的状态。 In Figures 5 to 8 and the like, to install the cassette housing portion 8 illustrates a state of the tape cassette 30 to the state of the top case 311 removed. 在图17等从带盒30的底表面302侧观察的透视图中,为便于说明,省略了带驱动辊46等的图示。 In FIG. 17, etc. perspective from the bottom 30 of the tape cassette observed surface 302 side, for purposes of explanation, omitted belt drive roller 46 and the like. FIG. 对于以上说明,在其他实施方式的说明中所使用的图也同样。 For the above description, in the description of the other embodiments are also used in FIG.

[0147] 首先,对带式打印装置1的简要结构进行说明。 [0147] First, the schematic configuration of the tape printing apparatus 1 will be described. 带式打印装置1为可使用各种带盒的通用带式打印装置。 The tape printing apparatus 1 can use a variety of common cassette tape printer. 作为各种带盒,例如有热式(Thermal type)、接收器式(Rec印tor type)、层叠式(Laminate Type)、热敏层叠式。 As various tape cartridge, for example, thermal (Thermal type), the receiver type (Rec India tor type), stacked (Laminate Type), thermal stacked. 热式为一种只容纳有热敏纸带的带盒。 Thermal accommodate only as a heat-sensitive tape cassette. 接收器式为一种容纳有打印带和墨带的带盒。 The receiver type into a tape cassette accommodating a printing tape and an ink ribbon. 层叠式为一种容纳有双面胶带、薄膜带和墨带的带盒。 Stacked into a tape cassette accommodating sided tape, film tape and the ink ribbon. 热敏层叠式为一种容纳有双面胶带和热敏纸带的带盒。 Thermal accommodate stacked as a double-sided adhesive tape and the thermal tape cassette.

[0148] 如图1所示,带式打印装置1具有大致长方体形状的主单元盖2。 [0148] As shown in Figure 1, the tape printing apparatus main unit has a substantially rectangular cover 2. 在主单元盖2顶表面的前侧配置有包括字符(文字、符号及数字等)的字符键、各种功能键等的键盘3。 In front of the main unit cover 2 surface disposed include characters (letters, symbols, and other digital) character keys, various function keys such as a keyboard 3. 在键盘3的后侧设有可显示输入的字符的显示器5。 3 is provided at the rear side of the keyboard may display 5 displays input characters. 在显示器5的后侧设有更换带盒30 (参照图4)时开闭的带盒盖6。 When the display 5 is provided on the rear side to replace the tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 4) for opening and closing the cassette cover 6.

[0149] 在俯视图中带盒盖6为大致长方形的盖部。 [0149] In the cassette cover 6 is a plan view of a substantially rectangular lid portion. 带盒盖6以可以在图2所示的打开位置和图1所示的关闭位置之间转动的方式轴支撑在主单元盖2的背面上方的左右两端部。 Cassette cover 6 to be supported at the upper right and left ends of the back of the main unit cover 2 is rotated between the open position shown in Figure 2 and a closed position shown in Fig way axis. 带盒盖6处于打开位置时,形成于主单元盖2内部的盒容纳部分8露出。 The cassette cover 6 is in the open position, the cover 2 is formed on the inside of the main unit cassette housing portion 8 is exposed. 带盒盖6处于关闭位置时,带盒盖6覆盖盒容纳部分8。 When the cassette cover 6 is in the closed position, the 6 cover box with lid housing portion 8. 盒容纳部分8形成为可自由装卸带盒30的区域。 The cassette housing portion 8 is formed as a ribbon cassette 30 detachably area. 在盒容纳部分8上设有从带盒30中引出带以进行供给的供给机构、在带的表面打印文字等的打印机构等,在后文中对其进行详细的说明。 Has drawn tape from the tape cartridge 30 is supplied to the feed mechanism in the cassette housing portion 8, the surface of the print text print with the institutions, etc., later in its detail.

[0150] 如图2所示,在带盒盖6前表面的大致中央,设有从其下表面朝下方突出的钩状卡定锁411。 [0150] 2, roughly in the center of the front surface of the cassette cover 6, it is provided protruding downward from its lower surface toward the hook-shaped locking latch 411. 在主单元盖2上,在与卡定锁411对应的位置上设有锁孔412。 In the main unit cover 2, with the locking latch 411 in a position corresponding with a keyhole 412. 当如图1所示关闭带盒盖6时,卡定锁411嵌入锁孔412中而被卡定,由此防止带盒盖6自然打开。 As shown in Figure 1, when the cassette cover 6 closed, locking latch 411 is embedded in the keyhole 412 is locked, thereby preventing the cassette cover 6 natural open. 在带盒盖6的下表面还设有分别从下表面朝下方突出的棱柱状的头部按压部件7和周边按压部件911 至914。 Under the surface of the cassette cover 6 is also provided, respectively, projecting from the lower surface toward the bottom of the prism-shaped head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing members 911-914.

[0151] 参照图3,对头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914进行说明。 [0151] Referring to FIG. 3, the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914 will be described. 在图3中省略了除头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914之外的卡定锁411、周边按压部件911至913等的图示。 In addition to omitting the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914 outside of the locking latch 411, the periphery pressing members 911 to 913 such as shown in Figure 3. 头部按压部件7从带盒盖6下表面的左右方向的大致中心位置朝下方突出。 The head pressing member 7 from the approximate center of the surface of the cassette cover 6 under the direction of right and left protruding downward. 头部按压部件7为一种在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8中后关闭带盒盖6的情况下,从上方抵接并按压设在带盒30的顶壳311上的第一受按压部393(参照图4)的部件。 Head pressing member 7 as in the case of a tape cassette 30 mounted to the rear portion 8 to close the cassette cover 6 is housed, and pressed from above the abutment provided on the tape cassette 30 of the top case 311 is pressed by a first section member 393 (see FIG. 4). 周边按压部件914从带盒盖6下表面的左边缘部附近朝下方突出。 914 6 near the left edge of the lower surface of the cassette cover from the periphery pressing member toward the projected downward. 周边按压部件914为一种在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8中后关闭带盒盖6的情况下,从上方抵接并按压设在带盒30的顶壳311上的第二受按压部398(参照图4)的部件。 Under the periphery pressing member 914 is a tape in the cassette 30 is mounted to the cartridge housing portion 8 to close the case with a cover 6, abuts from above and presses provided on the cassette 30 of the top case 311 by pressing a second section 398 (see FIG. 4) of the member. 在后文中对第一受按压部393及第二受按压部398进行说明。 After the paper by pressing the first portion 393 and a second section 398 will be explained by pressing.

[0152] 除周边按压部件914之外的周边按压部件911至913分别为一种在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8中后关闭带盒盖6的情况下,从上方抵接并按压带盒30周边的三个部位、 更为具体的是抵接并按压第一至第三角部321〜323(参照图4)顶表面的三个部位的部件。 [0152] In addition to the periphery pressing member 914 periphery pressing members 911-913 are mounted on a tape cassette 30 into the cassette housing portion 8 under after closing the cassette cover 6 is reflected from the top of the abutment and presses the tape cartridge Three parts of the periphery 30, more specifically abuts and presses the first through the triangular portion 321~323 (see FIG. 4) of the three parts of the top surface of the member.

[0153] 如图2所示,在主单元盖2的左侧表面后方设有用于将打印好的带排出到外部的排出狭缝111。 [0153] shown in Figure 2, the left side surface of the rear cover of the main unit 2 is provided for the printed tape is discharged to the outside of the discharge slot 111. 在带盒盖6的左侧表面形成有在关闭带盒盖6的状态下使排出狭缝111露出到外部的排出窗口112。 On the left side surface of the cassette cover 6 is formed in the closed state of the cassette cover 6 of the discharge slit 111 is exposed to the outside of the window 112 is discharged.

[0154] 接着,参照图4至图14,对带盒盖6下侧的主单元盖2的内部结构进行说明。 [0154] Next, with reference to FIGS. 4 to 14, to cover the lower side of the main unit with 6 cover internal structure 2 will be described. 如图4所示,盒容纳部分8具有空腔811和角支撑部812。 4, the cassette housing portion 8 has a cavity 811 and a corner support portion 812. 空腔811被形成为具有平坦底表面的凹部,并且当带盒30已被安装时,空腔811的形状基本上对应于后文说明的盒壳31的底表面302的形状。 A cavity 811 is formed as a flat bottom surface of the recess has, and when the tape cartridge 30 has been installed, the shape of the cavity 811 of the cassette case substantially corresponds to the shape described later bottom surface 31 of the 302 in. 角支撑部812是从空腔811的外部边缘水平地延伸的平坦部分。 Corner support portion 812 is a flat portion extending horizontally from the outer edge of the cavity 811. 角支撑部812为在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下与带盒30的周边、更为具体的是与第一至第四角部321至324(参照图4)的下表面相对而进行支撑的部位。 812 at the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 and the periphery of the tape cassette 30, more specifically the first to fourth corner portions 321 to 324 (see FIG. 4) of the lower surface of the support portion opposite corners supporting parts performed.

[0155] 在角支撑部812的两个部位设有两个定位销102、103。 [0155] In the two parts of the corner support portion 812 is provided with two positioning pins 102, 103. 更为具体地,在空腔811的左侧设有定位销102。 More specifically, on the left side of the cavity 811 is provided with positioning pins 102. 在空腔811的右侧设有定位销103。 On the right side of the cavity 811, a positioning pin 103. 定位销102及定位销103设在将带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8时分别与销孔62及63(参照图21)对应的位置上。 The positioning pin 102 and positioning pins 103 provided on the tape cassette 30 mounted to the portion 8 with the pin holes respectively 62 and 63 (see FIG. 21) corresponding to the position of the cassette accommodating. 销孔62 及63为形成于底壳312上的两个凹部。 The pin holes 62 and 63 formed in the two recesses 312 on the bottom case. 各定位销102、103在将带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8时被插入到销孔62、63中,在带盒30周边部左右位置对带盒30进行前后、左右方向的定位。 The positioning pins 102, 103 in the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 is inserted into the pin holes 62, 63 in the peripheral portion of the tape cassette 30 positioned on the left and right positions the tape cassette 30 back and forth, left and right directions.

[0156] 如图4所示,在盒容纳部分8的前侧固定设置有搭载了作为打印头的热头10的头保持器74。 [0156] shown in Figure 4, the front side of the cassette housing portion 8 is provided with a fixed printing head equipped with a thermal head as the head 10 of the holder 74. 热头10具有加热元件列10A。 The thermal head 10 has a heating element row 10A. 加热元件列IOA包含在上下方向上配置成一排的多个加热元件。 IOA contains the heating element row arranged in a row of a plurality of heating elements in the vertical direction. 在盒容纳部分8的外侧(图4中为右上侧)配置有作为步进马达的带供给马达23。 In the outer (upper right side in FIG. 4) of the cassette housing portion 8 is arranged as a stepping motor is supplied with a motor 23. 在带供给马达23的驱动轴的下端固定有驱动齿轮91。 In the lower end of the tape feed motor 23 is fixed to the drive shaft of the drive gear 91. 驱动齿轮91通过开口与齿轮93啮合,齿轮93与齿轮94啮合。 The driving gear 91 through the opening 93 engaged with the gear, the gear 93 meshed with the gear 94.

[0157] 在齿轮94的顶表面上竖立设置有旋转驱动后述墨带卷取卷轴44 (参照图5)的墨带卷取轴95。 [0157] erected ribbon take-up shaft 95 has a rotary drive later ribbon take-up spool 44 (see Fig. 5) on the top surface of the gear 94. 另外,齿轮94与齿轮97啮合,齿轮97与齿轮98啮合,并且齿轮98与齿轮101啮合。 In addition, the gear 94 meshed with the gear 97, gear 97 meshing with the gear 98, and gear 98 meshed with the gear 101. 在齿轮101的顶表面上竖立设置有带驱动轴100。 On the top surface of the gear 101 with the drive shaft 100 is erected. 带驱动轴100旋转驱动后述带驱动辊46。 After the tape drive shaft 100 of said belt drive roller 46 is rotationally driven.

[0158] 在带盒30被安装于盒容纳部分8中的状态下,若带供给马达23被驱动为向逆时针方向旋转,则墨带卷取轴95经由驱动齿轮91、齿轮93和齿轮94而被驱动为向逆时针方向旋转。 [0158] In the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 in a state, if the tape feed motor 23 is driven to rotate in the counterclockwise direction, the ribbon take-up shaft 95 via the drive gear 91, gear 93 and gear 94 It is driven to rotate in the counterclockwise direction. 墨带卷取轴95旋转驱动插入有墨带卷取轴95的墨带卷取卷轴44。 Ribbon take-up shaft 95 is inserted into the rotation of the drive shaft 95 of the ribbon winding ribbon take-up spool 44. 此外,齿轮94 的旋转经由齿轮97、齿轮98和齿轮101而被传递到带驱动轴100,由此驱动带驱动轴100 向顺时针方向旋转。 In addition, the rotation of the gear 94 via the gear 97, the gear 98 and the gear 101 is transmitted to the tape drive shaft 100, thereby driving the tape drive shaft 100 is rotated in the clockwise direction. 带驱动轴100旋转驱动插入有带驱动轴100的带驱动辊46。 With a rotary drive shaft 100 is inserted into the tape drive shaft 100 belt drive roller 46.

[0159] 如图5至图8所示,在头保持器74的前侧,臂形的压板保持器12被轴支撑为能够以轴支撑部121为中心摆动。 [0159] FIG. 5 to FIG. 8, the front side of the head holder 74, an arm shaped platen holder 12 is pivotally supported to be capable of supporting the shaft portion 121 as the center of swing. 在压板保持器12的前端部,压板辊15和可移动供给辊14均被轴支撑为能够旋转。 The distal end portion of the platen holder 12, the platen roller 15 and the support shaft 14 are moved to the supply roller to rotate. 压板辊15面能够相对于热头10接近分离。 15 surface of the platen roller relative to the thermal head 10 near the separation. 可移动供给辊14能够相对于插入有带驱动轴100的带驱动辊46接近分离。 Movable with respect to the supply roller 14 is inserted into the tape drive shaft 100 of the belt driving roller 46 close to the separation.

[0160] 在压板保持器12上连接有未图示的释放(Release)杆。 [0160] connected to the platen holder 12 (not shown) with a release (Release) pole. 释放杆与带盒盖6的开闭联动而向左右方向移动。 Release lever and linkage with the opening and closing lid is moved in the horizontal direction 6. 当带盒盖6被打开时,释放杆向右移动,压板保持器12朝向图5所示的待用位置移动。 When the cassette cover 6 is opened, the release lever moves to the right, the rest position shown in Figure 12 toward the platen holder moving. 在图5所示的待用位置,压板保持器12向从盒容纳部分8分离的方向移动,因此,带盒30能够被安装于盒容纳部分8中。 In the rest position shown in FIG. 5, the platen holder 12 moves from the direction of separating the cassette housing portion 8, therefore, the tape cassette 30 can be installed in the cassette housing portion 8. 压板保持器12始终被未图示的螺旋弹簧向待用位置弹性施力。 Platen holder 12 is always biased coil spring (not shown) to the stand-by position of the elastic.

[0161] 在另一方面,当带盒盖6被关闭时,释放杆沿着向左方向移动,压板保持器12朝向图6到图8所示的打印位置移动。 [0161] In another aspect the leftward direction, when the cassette cover 6 is closed, the release lever 12 toward the platen holder 8 shown in Figs. 6 to print position. 在图6到图8所示的打印位置,压板保持器12向靠近盒容纳部分8的方向移动。 6 to the print position shown in FIG. 8, the platen holder 12 to close the cassette housing portion 8 of the moving direction. 如图6所示,当层叠式带盒30被安装于盒容纳部分8中时,压板辊15经由薄膜带59和墨带60按压热头10。 As shown in Figure 6, when stacked tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 when the platen roller 15 with 60 presses the thermal head 10 via the film tape 59 and the ink. 同时,可移动供给辊14经由双面胶带58和薄膜带59按压带驱动辊46。 At the same time, the movable feed roller 14 via a double-sided tape 58 and the film tape 59 presses the tape drive roller 46.

[0162] 如图7所示,当安装有接收器式带盒30时,压板辊15经由打印带57和墨带60按压热头10。 [0162] As shown in Figure 7, when installed with a receiver-type tape cassette 30, the platen roller 15 through the printing tape 57 and the ink ribbon 60 presses the thermal head 10. 同时,可移动供给辊14经由打印带57按压带驱动辊46。 At the same time, the movable feed roller 57 presses the printing tape 14 through the tape drive roller 46. 如图8所示,当安装有热式带盒30时,压板辊15经由热敏纸带55按压热头10。 8, when equipped with thermal tape cassette 30, the platen roller 15 through the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 presses the thermal head 10. 同时,可移动供给辊14经由热敏纸带55按压带驱动辊46。 At the same time, the movable feed roller 14 via the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 presses the tape drive roller 46.

[0163] 如上所述,在图6到图8所示的打印位置处,能够使用被安装于盒容纳部分8中的带盒30执行打印。 [0163] As described above, at the print position shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 8, can be used in the cassette housing portion 8 installed in the tape cassette 30 to perform printing. 另外,在以后详细说明热敏纸带55、打印带57、双面胶带58、薄膜带59 和墨带60。 In addition, heat-sensitive paper tape 55 described in detail later, the print tape 57, double-sided adhesive tape 58, the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60.

[0164] 如图5所示,从带盒30的带排出部49到带式打印装置1的排出狭缝111 (参照图2)之间设置有已经打印的带50通过的路径。 [0164] As shown in Figure 5, the tape cassette 30 of the discharge portion 49 in the tape path printed tape 50 has been printed by the discharge slot 111 is provided between the device (see Fig. 2). 在该路径上设置有在预定位置切割已经打印的带50的切割机构17。 Provided on the path there is at a predetermined position of the cutting cutting mechanism has been printed with 50 17. 切割机构17包括固定刀刃18和可移动刀刃19。 The cutting mechanism 17 includes a fixed blade 18 and the movable blade 19. 可移动刀刃19 与固定刀刃18相对并且被支撑为能够沿着来回方向(在图5至图8中沿着上下方向)移动。 Movable blade 19 and the fixed blade 18 and is supported to be opposite to and fro along the direction (in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 along the vertical direction). 可移动刀刃19通过刀具马达M(图15)沿着来回方向移动。 The movable blade 19 moves back and forth along the direction of the tool by the motor M (FIG. 15).

[0165] 参照图5及图9至图11,对头保持器74的详细结构进行说明。 [0165] Referring to FIG. 5 and 9 to 11, the detailed structure of the head holder 74 will be described. 如图9至图11所示,头保持器74由一张板状部件形成,具有底座部743和头固定部744。 As shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 11, the head holder 74 is formed of a plate-like member having a base portion 743 and a head fixing portion 744. 底座部743被固定在空腔811底表面(未图示)的下方。 Base portion 743 is fixed to the bottom surface of the bottom of the cavity 811 (not shown). 头固定部744从底座部743大致垂直地弯曲并向上方延伸。 Head fixing portion 744 bent from the base portion 743 extending substantially perpendicularly to the top. 头固定部744如图5所示,沿着带式打印装置1的左右方向配置。 The head fixing portion 744 shown in FIG. 5, along the lateral direction of the tape printing apparatus 1 configuration. 头保持器74在盒容纳部分8中的配置位置为,在安装有带盒30的情况下与后文说明的头插入部39相对的位置。 The head holder 74 at positions configured cassette housing portion 8 is, in the case of the tape cassette 30 is mounted opposite the position of the head portion 39 described later is inserted. 但是,头保持器74的右端部延伸至头插入部39的右端部的右侧。 However, the right end portion of the head holder 74 extends to the right of the right end portion of the head insertion portion 39. 热头10固定在头固定部744的前表面。 The thermal head 10 is fixed at the front surface of the head fixing portion 744.

[0166] 在头固定部744上设有第一支撑部741及第二支撑部742(以下统称为带盒支撑部741、74幻。带盒支撑部741、742为在带盒30安装到带式打印装置1的情况下从下方支撑带盒30的部位。在正视图中,第一支撑部741为将头固定部744的右端部切割成L字型而形成在预定高度位置上的阶形部。第二支撑部742为在侧视图中具有长方形形状的延伸片。第二支撑部742从头固定部744的左端部相对于头固定部744大致垂直地延伸。第二支撑部742位于在竖直方向上与第一支撑部741相同的位置处,即位于与第一支撑部741 相同的高度位置处。 [0166] with a first support portion 741 and the second support section 742 on the head fixing portion 744 (hereinafter referred to as the cassette support portion 741,74 magic. Cassette supporting portions 741 and 742 of the tape cassette 30 is installed to bring in the case of printing apparatus 1 from below the support portion 30 of the tape cassette in the front view, the first support portion 741 to the right end portion of the head fixing portion 744 is formed in an L-shaped cut to a predetermined height position on the order form portion. The second support portion 742 having a rectangular shape in side view extending piece. left end portion of the second supporting portion 742 from the beginning with respect to the fixed portion 744 of the head fixing portion 744 extends substantially perpendicular to the second support portion 742 is located in a vertical straight direction at the same position as the first supporting portion 741, i.e., the first support portion 741 is located at a position the same height.

[0167] S卩,第一支撑部741和第二支撑部742在俯视图中朝彼此大致正交的方向延伸。 [0167] S Jie, the first supporting portion 741 and the second supporting portions 742 each extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to a plan view China and Korea. 热头10的加热元件列IOA位于上述方向大致正交的交点附近。 The thermal head heating element 10 near the intersection of column IOA located substantially perpendicular to the above direction. 相对于热头10在带供给方向的上游侧和下游侧,第一支撑部741和第二支撑部742分别在相同的高度位置支撑带盒30。 With respect to the thermal head 10 on the upstream side and the downstream side of the tape feed direction, the first supporting portion 741 and the second supporting portions 742 are at the same height position of the support tape cassette 30. 第一支撑部741及第二支撑部742的高度位置设定在从热头10 (加热元件列10A)的上下方向中心位置朝上下方向分离预定距离的位置。 The first support portion 741 and the height position of the second support section 742 is set at a position separated a predetermined distance from the thermal head 10 (heating element row 10A) of the vertical direction of the center position in the vertical direction. 因此,成为相对于热头10(加热元件列10A)的上下方向中心位置在上下方向上定位带盒30的基准。 Thus, the thermal head 10 as a reference (the heating element row 10A) in the vertical direction of the center position in the vertical direction positioned tape cassette 30 with respect to the. 其中,在后文中详细说明带盒支撑部741、742对带盒30的支撑。 Which described in detail later in the cassette supporting portions 741 and 742 of the tape cassette support (30).

[0168] 如图5至图8所示,在压板保持器12的后侧表面122即与热头10相对的一侧的面上,在其长度方向的中间位置的稍稍右侧设有臂检测部200。 [0168] FIG. 5 to FIG. 8, i.e., the surface of the platen 122 holding the rear surface 12 and the opposite side of the thermal head 10, and slightly to the right of the intermediate position in the longitudinal direction of the arm with the detection 200. 以下,将压板保持器12的后侧表面122称为带盒对向表面122。 Hereinafter, the rear side of the plate holder 12 is called a surface 122 to the surface 122 of the cassette. 臂检测部200包括多个检测开关210。 Detecting arm portion 200 includes a plurality of detecting switches 210. 各检测开关210的开关端子222从带盒对向表面122朝盒容纳部分8大致水平地突出。 Each detection switch switch terminal 222 from the cassette 210 to the surface 122 toward the cassette housing portion 8 projecting substantially horizontally.

[0169] 换言之,各检测开关210在与带盒30相对于盒容纳部分8的装卸方向(图4的上下方向)大致正交的方向上,以与安装于盒容纳部分8中的带盒30的前壁(更为具体的是后文说明的臂前壁3相对的方式突出。各检测开关210被设置在如下高度位置:在带盒30被安装在盒容纳部分8的恰当位置的状态下,与后文说明的臂指示器部分800(参照图4)相对。 [0169] In other words, each detection switch 210 in the tape cassette 30 with respect to the cartridge housing unloading direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 4) of the upper portion 8 substantially perpendicular direction, and installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette 30 the front wall (more specifically described later arm front wall projecting manner relative to each 3 detection switch 210 is disposed below the height position: In the state the tape cassette 30 is installed in the proper position of the cassette housing portion 8 at , and the arm indicator portion 800 described later (see Fig. 4) Rel.

[0170] 参照图12及图13,对压板保持器12上的臂检测开关210的配置及结构进行详细地说明。 [0170] Referring to FIGS. 12 and 13, on the platen holder 12 on the arm detection switch configuration and structure 210 will be described in detail. 如图12所示,压板保持器12的带盒对向表面122上设有在上下方向上以三列排列的五个通孔123。 As shown in Figure 12, the cassette holder plate 12 is provided on the upper surface 122 in the vertical direction with five through-holes arranged in three columns 123. 具体地,最上列配置两个,中间列配置两个,最下列配置一个。 Specifically, the above configuration of two, the middle column configuration of two, most of the following configure one. 通孔123 在左右方向上的位置彼此不同。 Vias 123 places on the left and right directions different from each other. 具体地,五个通孔123从带盒对向表面122的右侧(图12 中的左侧)开始依次以最下列、最上列的右侧、中间列的右侧、最上列的左侧,中间列的左侧的顺序配置成锯齿形。 Specifically, the five through-hole 123 from the cassette-facing surface 122 of the right side (left side in FIG. 12) sequentially with most of the following, most above the right side, the right side of the middle column, most of the left side of the above, order on the left side of the middle column in a zigzag configuration. 对应于这些通孔123,设置有五个臂检测开关210。 Corresponding to the through-holes 123, is provided with five arm detecting switches 210.

[0171] 如图13所示,臂检测开关210包括开关支撑板220、大致圆筒状的主单元221和杆形开关端子222。 Shown in [0171] 13, the arm detecting switches 210 includes a switch support plate 220, a substantially cylindrical rod shaped main unit 221 and a switch terminal 222. 主单元221设置于压板保持器12的内部。 The main unit 221 is provided to maintain the internal pressure plate 12. 开关端子222能够从主单元221的一端侧沿着轴线方向伸出和缩进。 Switch terminals 222 can be extended and retracted in the axial direction from one end side of the main unit 221. 各臂检测开关210的主单元221的另一端部被联结到开关支撑板220并且位于压板保持器12内侧。 Each arm detecting switches 210 of the main unit and the other end portion 221 is coupled to a switch support plate 220 and positioned inside of the platen 12 is maintained. 在各主单元221的一端侧,开关端子222能够通过在压板保持器12的带盒对向表面122中形成的多个通孔123伸出和缩进。 At one end of each side of the main unit 221, the switch terminals 222 through the platen holder cassette 12 for a plurality of through holes 123 formed in the surface 122 extended and retracted.

[0172] 由于设于主单元221内部的弹簧部件(在图中未示出),各开关端子222始终保持在从主单元221伸出的状态。 [0172] Since the master unit 221 located in the interior of a spring member (not shown in the figure), each switch terminal 222 is always maintained at 221 protrude from the main unit of the state. 即,当开关端子222未被按压时,开关端子222为从主单元221伸出的状态(关(OFF)状态)。 That is, when the switch terminal 222 is not pressed, the switch terminal 222 extends from the main unit 221 state (OFF (OFF) state). 当开关端子222被按压时,开关端子222为被压入主单元221中的状态(开(ON)状态)。 When the switch terminal 222 is pressed, the switch terminal 222 is pushed into the main unit 221 in the state (on (ON) status).

[0173] 在带盒30被安装于盒容纳部分8中的状态下,若压板保持器12朝向待用位置移动(参照图5),则臂检测开关210从带盒30分离。 [0173] In the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 in a state, if the platen holder 12 toward the standby position (see FIG. 5), the arm detecting switch 210 is separated from the tape cassette 30. 因此,所有的臂检测开关210处于关状态。 Therefore, all the arm detection switch 210 is in the OFF state. 而如果压板保持器12朝向打印位置移动(参照图6到图8),则臂检测开关210与带盒30的前壁(更加具体地讲是后文说明的臂前壁35)相对。 If the platen holder 12 toward the print position (refer to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8), the arm detecting switches 210 of the tape cassette front wall 30 (more specifically are described later arm front wall 35) Rel. 其结果,臂检测开关210被后文说明的臂指示器部分800选择性地按压。 As a result, the arm detecting switch 210 is described later in the arm indicator portion 800 are selectively pressed. 根据此时的臂检测开关210的开、关组合,检测出带盒30的类型。 According to this point of the arm detection switch 210 to open and close combination, detect the type of tape cassette 30. 在后文详细说明根据臂检测部200检测出带盒30的类型。 After detailed below according to the type of detector 200 detects the arm 30 of the tape cassette.

[0174] 此外,如图5到图8所示,在压板保持器12的带盒对向表面122上设置有在左右方向上延伸的板状的突起部即闭锁件225。 [0174] In addition, as shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8, the platen holder 12 of the cassette to the upper surface 122 is provided with a plate extending in the lateral direction of the protrusion i.e. latching member 225. 闭锁件225与臂检测开关210的开关端子222 类似从带盒对向表面122朝向盒容纳部分8大致水平地突出。 Latch member 225 and the arm detecting switches 210 from the switch terminal 222 is similar to the surface 122 of the cassette towards the cassette housing portion 8 projecting substantially horizontally. 换言之,闭锁件225突出成与被安装于盒容纳部分8中的带盒30的前壁(更加具体地讲是臂前壁35)相对。 In other words, the latch member 225 and protruding into the front wall is mounted in the cassette accommodating portion 8 of the tape cassette 30 (more specifically, the arm front wall 35) Rel. 闭锁件225被设置于如下高度位置:当带盒30在正确的位置处被安装于盒容纳部分8中时,与设置于后述的带盒30的臂前壁35上的闭锁孔820 (参照图4)相对。 Latch member 225 is provided on the following height positions: when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the correct position in the cassette housing portion 8, the setting described later with the tape cassette arm 30 of the front wall 35 of the latching hole 820 (see Figure 4) relative.

[0175] 参照图12和图13说明闭锁件225在压板保持器12上的配置位置和结构。 [0175] Referring to FIGS. 12 and 13 illustrate the locking member 225 is configured to maintain the position and structure of the platen 12 on. 如图12所示,在压板保持器12的带盒对向表面122上,闭锁件225在上下方向上配置于最上列的臂检测开关210的上方,在左右方向上配置于与最下列的臂检测开关210重叠的位置。 12, the platen in the cassette holder 12 of the upper surface 122, the latch member 225 in the vertical direction is disposed above the above the arm detecting switches 210 in the lateral direction and disposed on the arm below detecting the position of the switch 210 overlap.

[0176] 如图13所示,闭锁件225与压板保持器12 —体地形成为从压板保持器12的带盒对向表面122向后方侧(图13中的左侧)突出。 Shown in [0176] 13, the latch member 225 and the platen holder 12-- body formed as a holding cassette 12 from the surface of the platen 122 to the rear side (left side in FIG. 13) projecting. 以带盒对向表面122为基准的闭锁件225 的突出高度与以带盒对向表面122为基准的各臂检测开关210的开关端子222突出高度相比,大致相同或者稍大。 In the cassette reference surface 122 of the latch member 225 and the protruding height of the cassette to the reference surface 122 of each arm detecting switches 222 of the switch terminals 210 protruding height compared to substantially the same or slightly larger. 在闭锁件225上,以随着靠向其前端侧(图13的左侧)厚度逐渐减小的方式,形成有下表面的一部分相对于水平方向倾斜的倾斜部226。 The latch member 225 to its distal end with on side (left side in FIG. 13) the thickness is gradually reduced manner, the inclined portion is formed at a portion of the surface is inclined relative to the horizontal direction of 226.

[0177] 如图5至图8所示,在头保持器74的后侧设有带盒钩75。 [0177] FIG. 5 to FIG. 8, the rear side of the head holder 74 is provided with a cassette hook 75. 对于带盒钩75,参照图14进行说明。 For the cassette hook 75, 14 will be described with reference to FIG. 其中,图14是为便于表示而将图5的I - I线的箭头方向剖视图朝逆时针方向旋转90度的图。 Wherein, FIG. 14 for ease of illustration in FIG. 5 and the I - I line direction of an arrow cross-sectional view rotated by 90 degrees in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.

[0178] 带盒钩75具有从空腔811的底表面(未图示)大致垂直地朝上方突出的板状的突出部751。 [0178] tape cassette 75 having a hook from the bottom surface (not shown) of the cavity 811 is substantially perpendicular to the plate-like projecting upward projecting portion 751. 突出部751的上端部为剖视图中呈大致三角形且朝后方(图14中的左方向) 突出的爪部752。 An upper end portion of the projecting portion 751 is substantially triangular in cross-sectional view and a rearward (leftward in FIG. 14) projecting claw portion 752. 突出部751具有带式打印装置1的前后方向(图14的左右方向)的挠性。 Protrusion 751 has a flexible tape printing device the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in Fig. 14). 1. 爪部752与带盒30的闭锁部分397相对于空腔811的底表面的高度位置对应地设置。 The cassette 752 and the claw portion 30 of the locking portion 397 with respect to the height position of the bottom surface of the cavity 811 is provided in correspondence. 带盒30在被安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下被带盒钩75所闭锁。 In the case of the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette hook 75 is latched. 对于这点,在后文中详细说明。 For this, later described in detail.

[0179] 下面,参照图15说明带式打印装置1的电气配置。 [0179] Referring to FIG. 15 illustrates the electrical tape printer 1 configuration. 如图15所示,带式打印装置1 包括在控制基板上形成的控制电路500。 As shown in Figure 15, the tape printing apparatus 1 includes a control circuit 500 formed on a control board. 控制电路500包括控制各设备的CPTOOl、经由数据总线510与CPU501连接的R0M502、CGR0M503、RAM504、以及输入输出接口511,它们全部经由数据总线510而被连接到CPTO01。 The control circuit 500 includes a control CPTOOl each device, via R0M502, CGR0M503, RAM504, and the input-output interface 511 and data bus 510 connected to CPU501, all of them via the data bus 510 is connected to the CPTO01.

[0180] R0M402中存储显示驱动控制程序、打印驱动控制程序、脉冲数确定程序、切割驱动控制程序、其他用于控制带式打印装置1的各种程序等。 [0180] R0M402 control program stored in the display driver, the print drive control program, a pulse number determining program, the cutting drive control program, the other for controlling the tape printing apparatus 1 of various programs and the like. 显示驱动控制程序与从键盘3输入的文字、数字、符号等字符的编码数据对应地控制液晶驱动电路(LCDC)405。 Drive control program and the encoded data input from the keyboard 3 characters, numbers, symbols and other characters correspond to control liquid crystal drive circuit (LCDC) 405. 打印驱动控制程序驱动热头10和带供给马达23。 Print drive control program drives the thermal head 10 and the tape feed motor 23. 脉冲数确定程序确定与各打印点的形成能量对应的打印脉冲数量。 Pulse number determination program determines the energy of each print dot formed corresponding to the number of print pulses. 切割驱动控制程序驱动刀具马达对,在预定的切割位置处切割已经打印的带50。 Cutting drive control program drives the cutter motor right, cut at a predetermined position of the cutting band 50 has been printed. CPU401根据上述各种程序执行各种运算。 CPU401 executes various calculation according to the above procedures.

[0181] 在CGR0M503中,对于字母文字及符号等多个字符,根据字体(Gothic、Mincho等) 分类用于打印字符的打印用点样式数据,并且每种字体的六种(例如16、24、32、48、64和96 的点尺寸)打印文字尺寸对应于编码数据而进行存储。 [0181] In CGR0M503, for more than one character alphabetic characters and symbols, etc., depending on the font (Gothic, Mincho, etc.) classification for printing characters printed dot pattern data, and each of the six fonts (such as 16, 24, 32,48,64 and 96 point size) to print text size correspondence stored in encoded data.

[0182] RAM504中设有文本存储器、打印缓冲器等多个存储区域。 [0182] RAM504 a plurality of storage areas in a text memory, a print buffer and so on. 文本存储器存储从键盘3输入的文本数据。 Text memory stores text entered from the keyboard 3 data. 打印缓冲器存储多个文字及符号等打印用点样式作为点样式数据。 Print buffer stores a plurality of characters and symbols printed dot pattern as dot pattern data. 热头10根据在打印缓冲器中存储的点样式数据执行点打印。 According to the thermal head 10 to print dot pattern data execution point is stored in the print buffer. 其它存储区域存储各种运算数据等。 Other storage areas for storing various operation data and the like.

[0183] 输入输出接口511上连接有臂检测开关210、键盘3、具有用于向液晶显示器(LCD) 5输出显示数据的视频RAM(在图中未示出)的液晶驱动电路(LCDC) 505、用于驱动热头10的驱动电路506、用于驱动带供给马达23的驱动电路507、用于驱动刀具马达M的驱动电路508等。 [0183] connected to the input-output interface 511 has the arm detection switch 210, a keyboard 3, has a liquid crystal display (LCD) 5 output display data of video RAM (not shown in the figure) of the liquid crystal drive circuit (LCDC) 505 , supplied for driving the drive belt driving circuit 506 of the thermal head 10, a motor 23 for driving circuit 507 for driving the cutter motor M driving circuit 508 and the like.

[0184] 下面,参照图4到图8、图14、图16到图沈说明本实施方式的带盒30的结构。 [0184] Next, with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 8, FIG. 14, FIG. 16 to FIG Shen described structure of the present embodiment of the tape cassette 30. 在下文中,将作为示例解释被配置成通用带盒的带盒30。 Hereinafter, will be explained as an example that is configured as a general purpose cassette tape cassette 30. 作为通用带盒,通过适当地改变在带盒30中容纳的带的类型并且通过改变墨带的存在与否,等等,带盒30可以被组装成已在上面解释的热式、接收器式和层叠式。 As a general tape cassette, by appropriately changing the type of the tape cassette 30 accommodated in the tape and by changing the presence or absence of the ink ribbon, etc., the tape cassette 30 may be assembled has been explained above thermal receiver formula and stacked.

[0185] 首先,说明带盒30整体的简要结构。 [0185] First, a schematic configuration of the tape cassette 30 as a whole. 如图4所示,带盒30具有盒壳31。 4, the tape cassette 30 has the cassette case 31. 盒壳31 整体为在俯视图中具有带圆形角部的大致长方体形状(箱形)的框体。 Cassette case 31 in a plan view as a whole housing having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape (box shape) with rounded corners for. 盒壳31包括顶壳311和底壳312。 The cartridge housing 31 includes a top case 311 and the bottom case 312. 底壳312包括形成盒壳31的底表面302的底壁306。 Bottom case 312 includes a bottom surface of the cassette case 31 forming a bottom wall 302 of 306. 顶壳311包括形成盒壳31的顶表面301的顶壁305,其固定在底壳312的上部。 Top case 311 includes forming a top surface of the cartridge case 31 of the top wall 305 301, which is fixed in the upper part of the bottom case 312. 将自底表面302到顶表面301 的距离称为带盒30或盒壳31的高度。 The distance from the top surface 301 bottom surface 302 is referred to as tape cassette 30 or the height of the cassette case 31.

[0186] 本实施方式的盒壳31的顶壁305及底壁306的周边整体被形成侧表面的周壁包围。 Circumferential wall [0186] This embodiment of the cassette shell surrounding the top wall 31 and bottom wall 306 of 305 overall side surface is formed surrounded 但是,盒壳31中,顶壁305和底表面306的周边可以不必被完全包围,可以在周壁的一部分(例如背面壁)上设置将盒壳31的内部露出的开口部,或还可以在面向该开口部的位置设置连接顶壁305和底壁306的凸部。 However, the cartridge case 31, the top peripheral wall 305 and a bottom surface 306 may not necessarily be completely surrounded, you can set the opening of the interior of the cassette case 31 is exposed in the peripheral wall portion (such as the back wall) on, or may also be in for It sets the location of the opening connecting the top wall of the convex portion 305 and a bottom wall 306.

[0187] 盒壳31具有与带盒30的类型无关地以相同宽度(上下方向的长度相同)形成的四个角部。 [0187] cassette case 31 has four corner portions of the tape cassette 30 regardless of the type of the same width (the same length in the vertical direction) is formed. 以下,将左后方的角部设为第一角部321,将右后方的角部设为第二角部322,将右前方的角部设为第三角部323,将左前方的角部设为第四角部324。 Hereinafter, the angle of the left rear corner portion 321 of the first set, the corner portion of the right rear corner portion 322 of the second set, the right front corner portion as a first triangular section 323, the left front corner portion is provided the fourth corner portion 324. 第一至第三角部321 至323在俯视图中以呈直角的方式从盒壳31的侧表面朝外侧方向突出。 321-323 in plan view at right angles to the first through the triangular manner from the side surface portion of the cassette case 31 projecting outward direction. 但是,左前方的第四角部324由于带排出部49设在了角上,因此不是直角。 However, the fourth left front corner portion 324 due to the tape discharge portion 49 located in the upper corner, which is not at right angles. 第一至第四角部321至324的下表面为,在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8时,与上述的角支撑部812相对且进行支撑的部位。 The first to fourth corner portions 321 to 324 of the lower surface is, when the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the above-described corner support portion 812 which supports the opposite and portions.

[0188] 如图21所示,在第四角部3及第二角部322下表面的两个部位分别设有销孔62、63。 [0188] As shown in Figure 21, the two parts of the fourth corner portion 3 and second corner portion 322 of the lower surface of the pin holes 62 and 63 are respectively provided. 销孔62、63分别与带式打印装置1的定位销102、103对应。 Pin holes 62 and 63, respectively, the tape printing apparatus 1 corresponds to the positioning pins 102, 103. 更为具体地,设在第四角部3M下表面的凹部即为插入定位销102的销孔62。 More specifically, the pin hole provided in the lower surface of the fourth corner portion 3M is inserted into the recess 62 of the positioning pin 102. 设在第二角部322下表面的凹部即为插入定位销103的销孔63。 Provided in the second corner portion 322 of the lower surface of the concave portion 103 is inserted into the positioning pin hole 63 of the pin.

[0189] 如图4所示,在盒壳31的上下(高度)方向上与第一至第四角部321〜324的位置相同且以相同的宽度围绕盒壳31的侧表面全周的部位(包含第一至第四角部321至324)被称为公共部分32。 [0189] As shown in the upper and lower cassette case 31 (height) direction of the first to fourth corner portions 321~324 same location with the same width and the side surface of the cartridge case 31 around the entire circumference of the parts shown in Figure 4 (comprising the first to fourth corner portions 321 to 324) is called the common portion 32. 更为具体地,公共部分32具有相对于盒壳31的上下(高度)方向的中心线N在上下方向上对称的宽度(参照图16、图18)。 More specifically, the common portion 32 with respect to the upper and lower cassette shells (height) direction of the center line 31 of the N in the vertical direction of the width of the symmetrical (refer to FIG. 16, FIG. 18). 带盒30的高度根据所容纳的打印介质(热敏纸带阳、打印带57、薄膜带59)及双面胶带58 (以下统称为带)的带宽而不同。 Printing medium (thermosensitive paper tape positive, the print tape 57, the film tape 59) and the double-sided adhesive tape 58 (hereinafter referred to as band) bandwidth varies according to the height of the tape cassette 30 is accommodated. 然而,公共部分32的宽度(上下方向的长度)T被设定为相同,而与这些带的带宽无关。 However, the width (length in the vertical direction) T of the common portion 32 is set to be the same, regardless of the bandwidth of these bands.

[0190] 例如,当公共部分32的宽度T是12mm时,若带宽增大(例如18mm、24mm、36mm),则相应地盒壳31的高度也增大,但是公共部分32的宽度T(参照图16、图18)以12mm保持恒定。 [0190] For example, when the width T of the common portion 32 is 12mm, if the bandwidth is increased (e.g., 18mm, 24mm, 36mm), corresponding to the height of the cartridge case 31 also increases, but the width T of the common portion 32 (refer to 16, FIG. 18) to maintain a constant 12mm. 并且,在带宽等于或者小于公共部分32的宽度T(例如6mm、12mm)时,盒壳31的高度(宽度)是公共部分32的宽度(12mm)加上预定宽度而得到的宽度。 Further, bandwidth is equal to or less than the width T of the common portion 32 (e.g. 6mm, 12mm), the cassette shell height (width) 31 is the width of the common portion 32 (12mm) plus a predetermined width obtained by width. 在此,盒壳31的高度处于最小值。 Here, the height of the cassette case 31 is at a minimum.

[0191] 如图4所示,在盒壳31上,设有支撑孔65、66、67、68。 [0191] As shown in Figure 4, the cassette case 31 has support holes 65,66,67,68. 支撑孔65、66、67、68以可旋转的方式分别对后文说明的第一带卷轴40、第二带卷轴41、墨带卷轴42及墨带卷取卷轴44(参照图5至图8)进行支撑。 Rotatably supporting hole 65,66,67,68 manner described later were the first tape spool 40, the second tape spool 41, a ribbon spool 42 and the ribbon take-up spool 44 (see Figures 5 to 8 ) be supported. 在图4中,只图示了顶壳311的支撑孔65、66、67、68,但是在底壳312上也设有对应的支撑孔65、66、67、68。 In Figure 4, it shows only the top case 311 supporting holes 65,66,67,68, but in the bottom case 312 also has corresponding support holes 65,66,67,68.

[0192] 如图5〜图8所示,在盒壳31内设有第一带区域400、第二带区域410、第一墨带区域420及第二墨带区域440。 [0192] FIG -5 to FIG. 8, the cartridge case 31 equipped with a first tape area 400, a second tape area 410, a first ribbon area 420 and a second ribbon area 440. 第一带区域400及第二带区域410为可容纳作为打印介质的带的区域。 The first tape area 400 and the second tape area 410 to be received as a region with the printing medium. 在第一墨带区域420中容纳有未使用的墨带60。 In the first ribbon area 420 houses the ink ribbon 60 is not used. 在第二墨带区域440中容纳有在字符的打印中使用之后的墨带60。 In the second ribbon area 440 houses the ink ribbon 60 used in printing characters in later.

[0193] 第一带区域400在俯视图中为与第一角部321邻接且几乎占据盒壳31内的左半部分的大致圆形的区域。 [0193] In a first band area 400 is a plan view of the first corner portion 321 and occupies almost adjacent to the cartridge housing generally circular region 31 within the left half. 第二带区域410在俯视图中为与第二角部322邻接且位于盒壳31内的右后方的大致圆形的区域。 A second band area 410 in a plan view with the second corner portion 322 and is located adjacent to the cartridge housing generally circular region 31 inside the right rear. 第一墨带区域420在俯视图中为与第三角部323及后文说明的头插入部39邻接且位于盒壳31内的右前方的大致圆形的区域。 The first ribbon area 420 and the second triangle for the head portion 323 described later and the insertion portion 39 and is located adjacent to a substantially circular area right in front of the cassette case 31 in a plan view. 第二墨带区域440在俯视图中为在盒壳31内位于第一带区域400和第一墨带区域420之间的大致圆形的区域。 The second ribbon area 440 is located in a plan view of the first band area 400 in the cartridge housing 31 and the first ribbon area substantially circular region 420 between.

[0194] 在图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30中,在盒壳31内容纳有作为一面粘贴了剥离纸的双面带的双面胶带58、作为打印介质的透明的薄膜带59、及墨带60。 [0194] In Fig. 5 and stacked tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 6, the contents of the cartridge case 31 is satisfied that there is a double-sided adhesive tape pasted on one side of the double-sided tape release paper 58, as a transparent film print medium tape 59, and the ink ribbon 60. 将剥离纸朝向外侧地卷绕在第一带卷轴40上的双面胶带58被容纳在第一带区域400中。 The release paper outward sided tape wound on the first tape spool 40 is housed in 58 in the first tape area 400. 卷绕在第二带卷轴41上的薄膜带59被容纳在第二带区域410中。 Film wound on the second tape spool 41 tape 59 is accommodated in the second tape area 410.

[0195] 卷绕在墨带卷轴42上的未使用的墨带60被容纳在第一墨带区域420中。 [0195] Unused ink of the ink ribbon wound on the spool 42 of the ribbon 60 is housed in the first ribbon area 420. 用完的墨带60被卷绕在墨带卷取卷轴44上而容纳在第二墨带区域440中。 Spent ink ribbon 60 is wound on the ribbon take-up spool 44 housed in the second ribbon area 440. 墨带卷取卷轴44的下部安装有离合器弹簧(在图中未示出),用于防止已被卷取的墨带60由于墨带卷取卷轴44反向旋转而变松。 A lower portion of the ink ribbon take-up spool 44 is mounted clutch spring (not shown in the figures), it has been used to prevent the ink ribbon 60 wound ribbon take-up spool 44 due to the reverse rotation becomes loose.

[0196] 在图7所示的接收器式带盒30中,作为打印介质的打印带57和墨带60被容纳于盒壳31内。 [0196] In the receiver type tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 7, the print tape as the print medium 57 and the ink ribbon 60 is accommodated in the cassette case 31. 卷绕在第一带卷轴40上的打印带57被容纳在第一带区域400中。 Printing is wound on the first tape spool 40. The tape 57 is accommodated in the first tape area 400. 卷绕在墨带卷轴42上的未使用的墨带60被容纳在第一墨带区域420中,用完的墨带60被卷绕在墨带卷取卷轴44上而容纳于第二墨带区域440中。 Unused ink of the ink ribbon wound on the spool 42 of the ribbon 60 is housed in the first ribbon area 420, the spent ink ribbon 60 is wound on the ribbon take-up spool 44 and the ink ribbon accommodated in the second area 440. 接收器式带盒30不具有第二带卷轴41。 Receptor type tape cassette 30 does not have a second tape reel 41. 即,在第二带区域410中什么也没有。 That is, in the second region 410 with nothing.

[0197] 在图8所示的热式带盒30中,热敏纸带55被容纳在盒壳31内。 [0197] In FIG thermal type tape cassette 30 shown in Figure 8, the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 is housed in the cartridge housing 31. 卷绕在第一带卷轴40上的热敏纸带55被容纳在第一带区域400中。 Heat-sensitive paper tape wound on the first tape spool 55 is housed in 40 in the first tape area 400. 热式带盒30不具有第二带卷轴41及墨带卷轴42。 Thermal tape cassette 30 does not have a second tape spool 41 and the ribbon spool 42. 即,在第二带区域410及第一、第二墨带区域420、440中什么也没有。 That is, in the second band area 410 and the first and second ribbon area 420, 440 are nothing. 以下, 在指定作为打印介质的热敏纸带55、打印带57、薄膜带59中的任意一个的情况下称为带。 Hereinafter, the printing medium designated as sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, the film tape 59 at any one of the conditions referred to with.

[0198] 如图4所示,俯视时为大致半圆形的槽部即半圆形凹槽340跨越盒壳31的高度方向(换言之,从顶表面301到底表面302)而设置。 [0198] 4, the groove portion is substantially semicircular in plan view, i.e., a semicircular recess 340 across the height direction of the cassette case 31 (in other words, from the top surface 301 in the end surface 302) provided. 半圆形凹槽340是用于当带盒30被安装于盒容纳部分8中时防止压板保持器12的旋转中心即轴支撑部121与盒壳31干扰的避让部。 340 is a semi-circular recess portion for preventing the escape platen holder 12, i.e., the center of rotation shaft support portion 121 of the cartridge case 31 when the tape cassette interference 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8.

[0199] 在盒壳31的前壁中,将从半圆形凹槽340朝左侧延伸的部分称为臂前壁35。 [0199] In the cassette case 31 in the front wall, from the semi-circular recess portion 340 extending toward the left side is called the arm front wall 35. 如图5至图8所示,在臂前壁35的后方,在从臂前壁35分离的位置以跨越盒壳31的高度方向的方式设有臂后表面壁37。 5 to FIG. 8, the front wall 35 of the rear arm, the front wall 35 separated from the arm to the position of the way across the height direction of the cassette case 31 is provided with a wall surface of the rear arm 37. 由臂前壁35和臂后表面壁37规定的从带盒30的右侧朝左侧延伸的部位被称为臂部34。 The arm front wall 35 by the predetermined surface of the wall 37 and the rear arm 30 from the right side toward the left side of the tape cassette portion extending arm portion 34 is referred to. 臂前壁35的左端部朝后方弯曲。 Front wall 35 of the left arm bent backward. 在臂前壁35及臂后表面壁37的左端之间形成的朝上下方向延伸的间隙即为从臂部34排出带(及墨带60)的出口341。 A gap extending in the vertical direction between the arm front wall 35 in the left end surface of the wall 37 and the rear arm is formed with a discharge outlet from the arm portion 34 (and the ink ribbon 60) 341. 并且,如图4所示,在臂前壁35上设有臂指示器部分800和闭锁孔820。 As shown in Fig 4, the arm indicator portion 800 is provided and the latching hole 820 in the arm front wall 35. 对臂指示器部分800和闭锁孔820在后文中详细说明。 On the arm indicator portion 800 and the latching hole 820 described in detail later.

[0200] 如图5至图8所示,在臂部34中,从第一带卷轴40或第二带卷轴41引出的带被沿着大致与臂前壁35平行地延伸的供给路径引导而从出口341排出。 [0200] FIG. 5 to FIG. 8, the arm portion 34, is along the arm front wall 35 is substantially parallel to the feed path extending from the first tape spool 40 guide the second tape spool 41 and drawn out with or discharged from the outlet 341. 并且,从墨带卷轴42引出的墨带60被沿着与带不同的供给路径而引入臂部34内,在出口341以与带重叠的状态被排出。 And, from the ribbon spool 42 drawn ink ribbon 60 is introduced along with different feed path within the arm portion 34 at Exit 341 and is discharged with overlapping state.

[0201] 由臂后表面壁37和从臂后表面壁37连续设置的周壁面规定的、在上下方向上贯通带盒30的空间即为头插入部39。 [0201] surface of the wall from the rear arm 37 and the circumferential wall surface of the wall from the rear arm 37 provided continuously provided, in the vertical direction through the space 30 of the tape cassette is inserted into the head portion 39. 头插入部39在俯视图中为与臂前壁35平行地延伸的细长的长方形。 39 in a plan view of the arm front wall 35 extending parallel to the elongated rectangular head insertion portion. 头插入部39通过设在带盒30前表面侧的开口77,在带盒30的前表面侧也与外部连接。 39 head insertion portion 77, the front surface side of the tape cassette 30 is also provided connected to the outside via the front surface side of the tape cassette 30 of the opening. 在头插入部39中插入有支撑带式打印装置1的热头10的头保持器74。 In the head insertion portion 39 is inserted into the support tape printing apparatus 1 of the thermal head 10 of the head holder 74. 在开口77 (参照图5至图8),使用墨带60,通过热头10对从臂部34的出口341排出的带进行打印。 In the opening 77 (see FIGS. 5 to 8) using the ink ribbon 60, to print from the arm of the discharge outlet 34 of the 341 tape by the thermal head 10.

[0202] 如图4所示,在带的供给方向上,在头插入部39的下游侧设有上下一对的调节部件361、362。 [0202] Figure 4, in the feeding direction of the belt, at the downstream side of the head insertion portion 39 of the pair of adjustment members 361, 362 is provided on. 调节部件361、362在头插入部39的下游侧端部附近向带排出部49引导从出口341排出的打印后的带。 Regulating members 361 and 362 near the downstream end portion of the insertion portion 39 in the head with a boot print discharged from the outlet 341 after the tape discharge portion 49. 在后文中详细说明,但是用于打印的墨带60在调节部件361、 362的上游侧与带分离,被沿着其他供给路径供给,从而卷绕在墨带卷取卷轴44上。 Described in detail later, but for the printing ink ribbon 60 in the adjusting member 361, the upstream side of the separation zone 362, is supplied to the other along a feed path, so that the ink ribbon wound on the take-up spool 44.

[0203] 在带的供给方向上,在调节部件361、362的下游侧设有支撑孔64(参照图21)。 [0203] In the feeding direction of the belt, at the downstream side of the regulating member 361, 362 is provided with a support hole 64 (see Fig. 21). 在支撑孔64的内侧以可旋转的方式轴支撑有带驱动辊46。 In the inside of the support hole 64 to rotatably support the shaft with the drive roller 46 there. 在如图5及图6所示将层叠式带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,带驱动辊46通过与相对的可移动供给辊14的协作,从第二带卷轴41引出薄膜带59。 In Fig. 5 and 6 will be stacked tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the tape drive roller 46 through collaboration with the opposing movable feed roller 14 from the second tape spool 41 drawn film tape 59. 同时,带驱动辊46通过与相对的可移动供给辊14的协作, 从第一带卷轴40引出双面胶带58。 Meanwhile, the belt drive roller 46 through collaboration with the opposing movable feed roller 14 from the first tape spool 40 leads to the double-sided adhesive tape 58. 并且,带驱动辊46将双面胶带58引向薄膜带59的打印面并进行粘接,作为已经打印的带50朝带排出部49供给。 And with the drive roller 46 to print double-sided tape 58 toward the surface of the film and the adhesive tape 59, 50 toward the band as a band that has been printed is discharged supply unit 49.

[0204] 在图7所示的接收器式带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,通过带驱动辊46 和可移动供给辊14的协作,从第一带卷轴40引出打印带57。 [0204] In the case where the receiver type tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 7 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 by the tape drive roller 46 and the movable feed roller 14 collaboration, drawn from the first tape spool 40 print tape 57. 在热头10的下游侧,打印后的打印带57即已经打印的带50由调节部件361、362引向带排出部49。 In the downstream side of the thermal head 10, print after print belt 57 that is already printed tape 50 by the regulating member 361 toward the tape discharge portion 49. 并且,经头插入部39供给的用完的墨带60在调节部件361、362的上游与打印带57分离,被供给至墨带卷取卷轴44。 And, used ink supplied by the head insertion portion 39 of the belt 60 in the regulation of the upstream printing unit 361 with 57 separate, ink is supplied to the take-up spool 44.

[0205] 在安装有图8所示的热式带盒30的情况下,通过带驱动辊46和可移动供给辊14 的协作,从第一带卷轴40引出热敏纸带55。 [0205] In the case where the thermal type tape cassette is installed as shown in FIG 30, through collaboration movable feed roller 46 and the belt drive roller 14, drawn from the first tape spool 40 sensitive paper tape 55. 在热头10的下游侧,打印后的热敏纸55即已经打印的带50被调节部件361、362引向带排出部49。 In the downstream side of the thermal head 10, the thermal paper 55 after printing it has been printed tape 50 i.e. regulating member 361, 362 is directed to the tape discharge portion 49.

[0206] 带排出部49位于在盒壳31内供给的带的供给路径的最下游位置。 [0206] The most downstream position with the discharge portion 49 is located within the cassette shell 31 are supplied to the supply path. 带排出部49 为从盒壳31的左侧壁的前端部稍稍朝前方分离而设置的跨越顶表面301和底表面302的板状部件。 Across the tape discharge portion 49 of the top surface separated from the front end portion slightly toward the front left side wall 31 of the cartridge shell plate-like member 301 disposed and a bottom surface 302. 带排出部49将从臂部34的出口341排出而经调节部件361、362及带驱动辊46 供给过来的已经打印的带50引向形成于与盒壳31左侧壁的前端部之间的通路内,并从位于通路终端的带排出扣排出到带盒30的外部。 Tape discharge portion 49 from the outlet 34 of the arm portion 341 and is discharged through the regulating member 361, 362 and the belt drive roller 46 is supplied over the already printed tape 50 is formed between the lead and the distal end portion of the cassette case 31 of the left side wall inside passage, and is discharged from the tape discharge line terminal located buckle to the tape cassette 30 outside.

[0207] 以下,参照图16至图18,对设在臂部34的臂前壁35上的臂指示器部分800及闭锁孔820进行详细说明。 [0207] Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, the arm portion of the arm 34 is provided on the front wall 35 of the arm indicator portion 800 and the latching hole 820 is described in detail. 在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的状态下,当压板保持器12朝打印位置移动时(参照图6至图8),设在带盒对向表面122上的臂检测部200及闭锁件225 分别与臂指示器部分800和闭锁孔820相对。 In the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 under, when the platen holder 12 toward the printing position (see Figures 6 to 8), located in the cassette of the locking member 200 and the surface of the arm detection portion 122 225, respectively, relative to the arm indicator portion 800 and the latching hole 820.

[0208] 臂指示器部分800为人可确定容纳在带盒30中的带的类型的部位,并且是通过选择性地按压臂检测部200的臂检测开关210,使带式打印装置1检测带盒30的类型的部位。 [0208] a human arm indicator portion 800 may determine the type of tape accommodated in the tape cassette portion 30, and presses the arm detecting switch arm is detected by the unit 200 selectively 210, the tape printing device 1 detects the tape cassette 30 types of parts. 在闭锁孔820中插入有闭锁件225。 In the latching hole 820 in the locking member 225 is inserted.

[0209] 臂指示器部分800包括多个指示器部分。 [0209] the arm indicator portion 800 includes a plurality of indicator portion. 各指示器部分为被设于与各臂检测开关210对应的位置处的非按压部分801和按压部分802中的一个。 Each indicator is provided in part 801 and a pressing portion 802 of each arm detecting switch non-pressing portion 210 at a position corresponding. 非按压部分801在正视图中为纵长长方形的开关孔。 Non-pressing portion 801 in the front view of a longitudinal oblong hole of the switch. 开关端子222可以被插入非按压部分801中或者被从非按压部分801移除。 The switch terminal 222 may be inserted into the non-pressing portion 801 or be removed from the non-pressing portion 801. 按压部分802为表面部分。 The pressing portion 802 of the surface portion. 因此,在按压部分802中不能插入开关端子222。 Therefore, the pressing portion 802 can not be inserted switch terminal 222. 即,本实施方式的臂指示器部分800在与五个臂检测开关210对应的五个部位的位置上分别具有非按压部分801(开关孔)及按压部分802(表面部分)中的任意一个。 That is, the present embodiment the arm indicator portion 800 at the position of the five parts of the five arm detecting switches 210 respectively corresponding to the non-pressing portion 801 (aperture switch) and pressing (surface portion) 802 in any one part.

[0210] 非按压部分801和按压部分802以与带盒30的类型对应的特定的样式配置。 [0210] non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802 with the type of the tape cassette 30 corresponding to a particular style of configuration. 以下,在统称非按压部分801和按压部分802的情况或不指定哪一个的情况下,单纯地称为指示器部分。 Hereinafter, a case in which a designated collectively or without non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802, simply called indicator portion.

[0211] 参照图4、图16至图18,对臂指示器部分800及闭锁孔820的结构进行详细说明。 [0211] Referring to FIG. 4, FIG. 16 to FIG. 18, on the portion 800 and the latching hole 820 is described in detail the structure of the arm indicator. 图4及图16表示已经打印的带50 (在层叠式的例子中为薄膜带59及双面胶带58)的带宽为预定宽度(例如,18mm)以上的带盒30(以下,称为大宽度带盒30)中的臂指示器部分800 和闭锁孔820的一个例子。 Figure 4 and Figure 16 shows the band 50 has been printed (in the case of stacked film tape 59 and the double-sided adhesive tape 58) of the bandwidth of a predetermined width (e.g., 18mm) above the tape cassette 30 (hereinafter, referred to as a large width An example 30 part 800) of the arm indicator and the latching hole 820 of the cassette. 图17及图18表示容纳有已经打印的带50的带宽小于预定宽度的薄膜带59的带盒30 (以下,称为小宽度带盒30)中的臂指示器部分800和闭锁孔820 的一个例子。 17 and FIG. 18 shows the bandwidth already received printed tape 50 is less than the predetermined width of the film tape 59 of the tape cassette 30 (hereinafter referred to as the narrow-width tape cassette 30) of the arm indicator portion 800 and a latching hole 820 examples.

[0212] 首先,对臂指示器部分800进行说明。 [0212] First, the arm indicator portion 800 will be described. 如图16所示,臂指示器部分800的指示器部分(非按压部分801及按压部分802)的至少一部分设在臂前壁35中的预定高度Tl的范围内。 As shown in Figure 16, indicator portion (the non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802) of the arm indicator portion 800 provided on at least a portion of the arm front wall 35 in a predetermined height range Tl. 预定高度Tl为在具有不同高度的多个带盒30中具有最小高度的带盒30的盒壳31的高度。 Tl having a predetermined height is the minimum height of the tape cassette in the tape cassette 30 having a plurality of different heights in the height of the cassette case 30 31.

[0213] 在臂前壁35的预定高度Tl的范围内的区域被称作公共指示器部分831。 [0213] is called the common indicator portion 831 in the area of the front wall of the inner arm Tl 35 of a predetermined height range. 优选地, 公共指示器部分831为臂前壁35中的以盒壳31的上下(高度)方向的中心线N为中心的上下方向上对称的区域。 Preferably, the common indicator portion 831 of the arm front wall 35 of the cassette case 31 in the vertical (height) direction of the center line N of the vertical direction of the center of the symmetrical region. 指示器部分(非按压部分801及按压部分80的至少一部分设在公共指示器部分831内。并且,在图16所示的大宽度带盒30的情况下,在臂前壁35的预定高度T2的范围内,还可在公共指示器部分831的上方及下方的至少一方上进一步设置指示器部分。在臂前壁35的预定高度T2的范围内,将除公共指示器部分831以外的区域称为延伸部分832。 At least a part of a portion (the non-pressing portions 801 and the pressing portion provided indicator 80 within the common indicator portion 831. Further, the large-width tape cassette 16 shown in FIG. 30 of the case, the arm front wall 35 of a predetermined height T2 within the range, can be further indicator portion disposed on at least one of the common indicator portion 831 above and below in the range of the arm front wall 35 of a predetermined height T2 of the region other than the common indicator portion 831 is called extending portion 832.

[0214] 在本实施方式中,各指示器部分在左右方向上的位置彼此不同。 [0214] In the present embodiment, the position of each indicator portion in the left and right directions different from each other. 换言之,无在上下方向上重叠的指示器部分,五个指示器部分被布置成锯齿形。 In other words, no overlap in the vertical direction of the indicator part, five indicator portion is arranged to zigzag. 因此,将各指示器部分连接的直线与带盒30的拆装方向即带盒30的上下方向交叉。 Therefore, each indicator portion of the straight line connecting the direction of the tape cassette 30 that is removable tape cartridge 30 in the vertical direction of the cross.

[0215] 在本实施方式中,在图16示例的大宽度带盒30中,五个指示器部分中的四个以两列设在公共指示器部分831的高度Tl的范围内。 [0215] In the present embodiment, in the wide-width tape cassette 30 in the example of FIG. 16, four of the five indicator portion of the range of the two columns to the common indicator portion 831 provided at the height of the Tl. 剩下的一个指示器部分以跨越公共指示器部分831和其下方的延伸部分832的方式设置。 The remaining portion of an indicator portion 832 way across the common indicator portion 831 and extending below it. 更为具体地,在公共指示器部分831内的上列中,在带盒30的左侧设有非按压部分801,在右侧设有按压部分802。 More specifically, in the above within the common indicator portion 831, the left side of the tape cassette 30 is provided with a non-pressing portion 801, the pressing portion 802 is provided on the right side. 在公共指示器部分831内的下列中,在带盒30的左侧设有按压部分802,在右侧设有非按压部分801。 The following in common indicator portion 831, the left side of the tape cassette 30 is provided with the pressing portion 802, the non-pressing portion 801 is provided on the right side. 并且,以跨越公共指示器部分831和延伸部分832的方式设置按压部分802。 And to cross the common indicator portion 831 and the extending portion 832 of the pressing portion 802 manner. 这样,在大宽度带盒30中,臂指示器部分800可以与臂前壁35较宽对应地形成在更大的面积上。 Thus, the wide-width tape cassette 30, the arm indicator portion 800 may be wider arm front wall 35 is formed to correspond to a larger area. 因此,能够被带式打印装置1检测的带盒30的类型数目增加。 Thus, an increase can be detected by the tape printing device 30 the number of types of the tape cassette.

[0216] 在预定宽度以上的带盒30中,如图16所示,在以跨越公共指示器部分831和公共指示器部分831的上方及下方的延伸部分832中的至少一个的方式设置有指示器部分(在图16中为最下列的按压部分802)的情况下,如图17及图18所示,在小宽度带盒30的对应位置上形成有避让孔803。 [0216] In the above predetermined width tape cassette 30, shown in Figure 16, in order to cross the common indicator portion 831 and the common indicator portion 832 extending below the upper portion 831 and at least one indicating the manner lower portion (Fig. 16 as in the following pressing portion 802) of FIG. 17 and FIG. 18, the escape hole 803 is formed in the narrow-width tape cassette 30 corresponding to the position. 避让孔803为防止按压相对的臂检测开关210的通孔。 In order to prevent the escape hole 803 opposed arm detection switch is pressed through hole 210. 或者, 作为避让孔803的替代,可以设置通过朝向内侧被逐步弯曲而形成的避让台阶。 Or, as an alternative to the escape hole 803 may be provided by the escape stairs toward the inside is gradually formed by bending. 对检测使用具有这种结构的臂指示器部分800的带盒30的类型的情况,在后文中详细说明。 Arm indicator to detect the use of having such a structure portion 800 of the cassette 30 of the type of situation described in detail later.

[0217] 闭锁孔820在俯视图中为在左右方向上长的长方形的通孔。 [0217] latching hole 820 is rectangular in plan view through holes in the lateral direction of the length. 在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,闭锁件225 (参照图5)以相对闭锁孔820插入、拆卸自如的方式被相对配置。 In the case of the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the latch member 225 (see FIG. 5) relative to the latching hole 820 is inserted, for removably disposed opposite manner. 详细地,在带盒30的上下方向上,闭锁孔820形成在臂指示器部分800的所有指示器部分的上方且顶壳311和底壳312的结合部的下方。 In detail, in the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction, the latching hole 820 is formed all over the arm indicator portion 800 of indicator portion of the top case and the bottom of the engaging portion 311 and the bottom case 312. 在左右方向上,闭锁孔820形成在与位于最右侧的指示器部分(在图16的例子中为最下列的按压部分80重叠的位置。闭锁孔820的底壁的一部分形成为从臂前壁35朝内部向上方倾斜的倾斜部821 (参照图34)。 即,闭锁孔820的上下方向的开口宽度在臂前壁35上最大,朝内部逐渐减小。 From the front of the arm in the lateral direction, the latching hole 820 is formed at the far right of the indicator portion (in the example of FIG. 16 for the most part the following 80 pressing position overlapping. Latching hole 820 is formed in a portion of the bottom wall the internal wall 35 toward the upward inclined portion 821 (see FIG. 34). That is, the locking hole 820 in the vertical direction of the opening width of the maximum on the arm front wall 35, and gradually decreases toward the inside.

[0218] 以下,参照图19至图26,对盒壳31的底壳312及顶壳311的结构进行详细说明。 [0218] Next, with reference to FIGS. 19 to 26, the structure of the bottom case 312 and the top case 311 of the cartridge housing 31 will be described in detail. 其中,在图20中,为便于说明,作为层叠式带盒30而使用的情况下,将薄膜带59、双面胶带58及墨带60的配置和供给路径用双点划线表示。 In Fig. 20, for ease of illustration, as the case under stacked and used tape cassette 30, the film tape 59, double-sided adhesive tape 58 and the ink ribbon configuration and supply path 60 by the two-dot chain line.

[0219] 首先,参照图19至图23,对底壳312的结构进行说明。 [0219] First, referring to FIG. 19 to FIG. 23, the structure of the bottom case 312 will be described. 如图19所示,底壳312的外形由底表面302和下周壁304形成。 As shown in Figure 19, the bottom case 312 is formed by the shape of the bottom surface 302 and a peripheral wall 304. 下周壁304为从形成底表面302的底壁306朝上方延伸预定高度的壁。 304 to 306 peripheral wall extending from the bottom wall forming a bottom surface 302 toward a predetermined height above the wall. 在下周壁304中,将构成臂前壁35的下部的部分称为下臂前壁352。 In the peripheral wall 304, the lower portion of the front wall 35 constituting the arm part is called the lower arm front wall 352. 并且,将在从下臂前壁352朝后方分离的位置从底壁306竖立设置的、构成臂后表面壁37 的下部的壁称为下臂后表面壁372。 And, in a separate location rearward from the lower arm front wall 352 erected from the bottom wall 306, the rear wall of the lower surface constituting the arm 37 is called surface of the wall after wall of the lower arm 372. 将与下臂后表面壁372连续且限制头插入部39的下部的周壁称为下头周壁373。 The rear surface of the wall with the lower arm 372 continuously and limit head insert part 39 of the peripheral wall is called the lower head peripheral wall 373.

[0220] 对底壳312中的头插入部39周围的结构进行详细说明。 [0220] The structure of the bottom case 312 around the head insertion portion 39 will be described in detail. 如图20及图21所示,在底壳312的头插入部39的外周上,与头插入部39相邻的位置上,设有两个受支撑部。 Figure 20 and Figure 21, the outer periphery of the bottom case 312 on the head insertion portion 39, and head into position adjacent portion 39, with two by the support unit. 具体地,以热头10 (参照图5至图8)的插入位置(具体地说是打印位置即热头10的发热元件列IOA的位置)为基准,在带的供给方向上游侧及下游侧的两个部位设有第一受支撑部391 及第二受支撑部392 (以下,统称为受支撑部391、39幻。受支撑部391、392用在将带盒30 安装到带式打印装置1时在上下方向上定位。 Specifically, the thermal head 10 (see FIG. 5 to FIG. 8) into position (i.e., specifically, a printing position of the thermal head heating element 10 IOA column position) as a reference, the upstream side and the downstream side of the feeding direction of the tape The two parts of the support that is provided with a first portion 391 and the second support receiving portion 392 (hereinafter, collectively referred to as phantom by the support portion 391,39. 391 and 392 by the support portion 30 used in the tape cassette is mounted to the tape printing apparatus Positioning in the vertical direction 1:00.

[0221] 第一受支撑部391与臂部34的带供给方向上游侧的端部及头插入部39的上游侧端部连接。 [0221] upstream end portion of the first end portion and a first support receiving portion 391 and the upstream band feeding direction side of the arm portion 34 of the insertion portion 39 is connected. 第二受支撑部392与头插入部39的下游侧端部连接。 The second support receiving portion 392 and a downstream-side end portion of the head insertion portion 39 is connected.

[0222] 第一受支撑部391及第二受支撑部392均为从底表面302朝向顶表面301设置的凹部。 [0222] The first support receiving portion 391 and second portion 392 are supported by the bottom surface toward the top surface 302 of the recess 301 is provided. 更为详细地,第一受支撑部391及第二受支撑部392为通过使与限定头插入部39的空间的壁(下头周壁37连接的底壁306的一部分向上凹陷而形成的凹部。并且,第一受支撑部391在沿着臂前壁35的方向上与头插入部39相邻。第二受支撑部392在与臂前壁35正交的方向上与头插入部39连接。即,第一受支撑部391和第二受支撑部392在彼此正交的方向上与头插入部39相邻。 In more detail, the first support receiving portion 391 and second portion 392 by the support wall portion 39 is inserted into the space defined by the head (the bottom wall of the lower head peripheral wall 306 connected 37 upwardly recessed portion formed by recesses. And The first support receiving portion 391 in a direction along the arm front wall 35 and the head insertion portion 39 adjacent the second support receiving portion 392 and the arm front wall 35 in a direction perpendicular to the head insertion portion 39 is connected. i.e. first by the support portion 391 and the second by the support portion 392 in a direction orthogonal to each other and the head portion 39 is inserted adjacent

[0223] 在将带盒30安装到带式打印装置1的盒容纳部分8的情况下,以头保持器74所具有的热头10的加热元件列IOA的位置(S卩,打印位置)为基准,如下说明上述配置。 [0223] In the case of the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cartridge tape printer 1 receiving portion 8 to the head holder 74 has the thermal head heating element row IOA 10 of the position (S Jie, print position) is reference, as explained above configuration. 被设在头保持器74上的第一支撑部741所支撑的第一受支撑部391被设置在如下位置:在从加热元件列IOA朝向头插入部39的带供给方向最上游侧的方向(第一方向)上,与头插入部39相邻。 Is provided in the head holder 74 on the first support portion 741 of the first portion supported by the support 391 is provided at the following location: from the heating element in the column direction IOA most upstream side toward the head insertion portion 39 of the tape feed direction (the a first direction), and the head insertion portion 39 adjacent. 另一方面,被设在头保持器74上的第二支撑部742所支撑的第二受支撑部392 被设置在如下位置:在从加热元件列IOA朝向与第一方向正交的第二方向上,与盒壳31的头插入部39相邻。 On the other hand, is provided in the head by the support holding the second portion of the second support portion 74 is supported on 742 392 is provided at the following location: from the heating element in a second direction toward IOA row orthogonal to the first direction on the cartridge case 31 adjacent to the head insertion portion 39.

[0224] 第一受支撑部391及第二受支撑部392分别具有第一下侧平坦表面391B及第二下侧平坦表面392B。 [0224] The first portion 391 that is supported by the support portion 392 and the second side each having a first lower flat surface 391B and the second lower flat surface 392B. 第一下侧平坦表面391B及第二下侧平坦表面392B位于底表面302的上方。 Side of the first lower flat surface 391B and the second lower flat surface 392B is positioned above the bottom surface 302. 第一下侧平坦表面391B及第二下侧平坦表面392B为仰视图中大致长方形平坦表面(凹部的顶壁部分)的下侧的面。 391B and the second lower side of the flat surface of the first lower flat surface 392B is a bottom view of a substantially rectangular faces flat surface (top wall portion of the recess portion) of the lower side. 在底壳312的上下方向(高度方向)上,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的位置和容纳在盒壳31中的带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置之间的距离,与带盒30的类型无关,也就是说,即使带盒30的上下方向的高度不同,也是恒定的。 In the vertical direction (height direction) on the bottom case 312, a first, a second lower position side flat surface 391B, 392B and housing tape and the ink in the cartridge housing 31 in the width direction with the distance between the center position 60, regardless of the type of the tape cassette 30, that is, even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction different heights, is constant. 因此,越是所容纳的带及墨带60的宽度大的带盒30,设在底壁306上的凹部即受支撑部391、 392的深度越大。 Recess Therefore, the more tape and the ink ribbon accommodated large width tape cassette 30 60, provided on the bottom wall 306 that is subject to section 391 support, the greater the depth of 392.

[0225] 并且,在本实施方式中,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B位于从带及墨带60 的宽度方向中心位置朝上下方向分离相同距离的位置。 [0225] In the present embodiment, the first and second lower side flat surface 391B, 392B from the tape and the ink located in the same position as the distance separating the vertical direction with the width direction of the center position 60. 即,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、 392B在底壳312中处于相同高度的位置。 That is, the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B at the same height position in the bottom case 312. 并且,在本实施方式中,带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置与盒壳31的上下方向中心位置一致。 Further, in this embodiment, the tape and the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction center position coincides with the center position in the vertical direction of the cassette case 31.

[0226] 第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B为底壳312中的基准面。 [0226] The first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B of the bottom case 312 in the plane. 基准面是在对某部位进行尺寸设定、尺寸测定时作为基准而使用的面。 In some parts of the plane is the size of a set, when the size of the surface was measured and used as a reference. 在本实施方式中,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B被设置为限制后文说明的带及墨带60在宽度方向上移动的各种调节部的基准面。 In this embodiment, the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B is set to tape and the ink described later limit to 60 in the width direction of the plane section with various adjustments. 并且,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,分别为从下方被设在头保持器74上的带盒支撑部741、742支撑的部位。 And, first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B in the tape cassette 30 mounted to the case where the cassette accommodating portion 8, respectively, in order to maintain the cassette 74 on the support portion from below the head 741 and 742 are provided in support of site.

[0227] 如图20所示,在第一受支撑部391的上侧,设有圆筒状的第一圆筒部件861。 [0227] FIG. 20, on the side of the first support portion 391 by with cylindrical first cylindrical member 861. 更为详细地,第一圆筒部件861设在第一下侧平坦表面391B的铅直方向上方。 More specifically, a first cylindrical member 861 is provided on the side surface of the first lower planar upper vertical direction 391B. 并且,在第二受支撑部392的上侧设有圆筒状的第二圆筒部件862。 And, on the side of the second support receiving portion 392 is provided with a cylindrical member 862 of the second cylinder. 更为详细地,第二圆筒部件862设在第二下侧平坦表面392B的铅直方向上方。 More specifically, the second cylindrical member 862 is provided at the side of the second lower flat surface 392B in the vertical direction above. 第一圆筒部件861和第二圆筒部件862分别与下头周壁373接触。 The first cylindrical member 861 and the second cylindrical member 862 in contact with the lower head peripheral wall 373, respectively. 第一圆筒部件861和第二圆筒部件862具有相同的结构。 The first cylindrical member 861 and the second cylindrical member 862 has the same structure. 因此,以下,参照图22,作为第一圆筒部件861和第二圆筒部件862的代表,对第一圆筒部件861的结构进行说明。 Thus, the following, with reference to FIG. 22, a first cylindrical member 861 and the second cylindrical member 862 on behalf of the first cylindrical member 861 will be described.

[0228] 如图22所示,第一圆筒部件861具有圆筒孔部891。 Shown in [0228] 22, the first cylindrical member 861 having a cylindrical hole 891. 圆筒孔部891呈不贯通带盒30的底表面302的凹状,俯视图中为圆形。 Cylindrical through-hole 891 was not the tape cassette 30 of the concave bottom surface 302, a circular shape in plan view. 其中,圆筒孔部891也可以是贯通带盒30的底表面302的孔。 Wherein the cylindrical hole 891 may be a bottom surface 30 of the through-hole 302 of the tape cassette. 圆筒孔部891的上部以上端开口直径最大的方式逐渐变大。 An upper cylindrical hole portion 891 of the upper end opening of the largest diameter gradually increases manner. 因此,在第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891中可容易插入后文说明的顶壳311的第一压入销871(参照图25及图洸)。 Thus, the cylindrical hole 891 of the first cylindrical member 861 may be easily inserted into the top case later described the first insertion pin 871 311 (see FIG. 25 and FIG Guang).

[0229] 通过在第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891中插入第一压入销871,形成第一嵌合部881 (参照图20及图29)。 [0229] The first insertion pin 871 is inserted in the cylindrical hole 891 of the first cylindrical member 861, forming a first fitting portion 881 (refer to FIG. 20 and FIG. 29). 同样,通过在第二圆筒部件862的圆筒孔部891中插入后文说明的顶壳311的第二压入销872(参照图25),形成第二嵌合部882(参照图20)。 Similarly, by inserting a top case described later in the second cylindrical member 862 of cylindrical bore 891 in the second portion 311 of the press pin 872 (see FIG. 25), forming a second fitting portion 882 (see FIG. 20) . 对第一、第二嵌合部881、882在后文中详细说明。 The first and second fitting part 881, 882 described in detail later.

[0230] 如图21所示,在底壳312的头插入部39的外周上的与头插入部39相邻的位置且在头插入部39的长度方向上,在第一受支撑部391和第二受支撑部392之间设有闭锁部分397。 [0230] 21, the outer periphery of the bottom case 312 in the position of the head insertion portion 39 and the head insertion portion 39 and is adjacent to the longitudinal direction of the head insertion portion 39, the first support receiving portion 391 and latching portion 397 is provided between the support portion 392 by the second. 闭锁部分397设在头插入部39的长度方向的大致中心位置且与下头周壁373的臂后表面壁37相对的部位上。 Latching portions 397 provided in the longitudinal direction of the head insertion portion 39 substantially the center position and the rear lower head peripheral wall 373 of the arm relative to the surface of the wall 37 on the site. 闭锁部分397通过切割从下头周壁373的底表面302突出预定高度的上方的一部分而形成。 Blocking portion 397 by cutting from the bottom surface 373 of the lower head peripheral wall 302 protruding a predetermined height above a portion of the formation. 在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8时,闭锁部分397(被切割的下头周壁373的上端)处于与带盒钩75的爪部752相对的位置。 When the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the latch portion 397 (the cut 373 of the upper end of the lower head peripheral wall) at a position opposed to the hook and the pawl portion 75 of the tape cassette 752. 因此,在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,带盒钩75与闭锁部分397接合。 Thus, in the case where the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the cassette hook 75 engages with the latch portion 397.

[0231] 如图20所示,在下头周壁373中,将带的供给方向上的限制头插入部39的下游侧端部的左侧壁称为墨带引导壁47。 [0231] 20, in the lower head peripheral wall 373, to limit the head feeding direction of the belt on the insert as shown in the left side wall portion of the downstream end portion 39 is called a ribbon guide wall 47. 墨带引导壁47与调节部件362的上游侧邻接。 Adjacent to the upstream side of the ribbon guide wall 47 and the regulating member 362. 墨带60 的供给路径为,从配置有墨带卷轴42的第一墨带区域420经由臂部34和开口77,到达配置有墨带卷取卷轴44的第二墨带区域440。 Ribbon supply path 60 is from disposed ribbon spool 42 first ribbon area 420 via the arm 34 and the opening 77, arrive equipped with ribbon take-up spool 44 of the second ribbon area 440. 墨带引导壁47使从出口341排出后在开口77用于打印的墨带60沿着供给路径发生弯曲,从而引向第二墨带区域440。 Ribbon guide wall 47 so that the discharge outlet 341 from the opening 77 for printing ink ribbon 60 bend along the feed path, which leads to a second ribbon area 440. 与头插入部39的下游侧端部连接地设置的第二受支撑部392位于从墨带引导壁47至第二墨带区域440的墨带60的供给路径的前方。 The second support receiving portion and the downstream end of the head insertion portion 39 provided in the connection 392 is located from the ink ribbon guide wall 47 to the second ribbon area 440 of the ink ribbon 60 in front of the feed path.

[0232] 接着,对底壳312的构成臂部34的部分进行详细说明。 [0232] Next, the arm portion 34 constituting part of the bottom case 312 will be described in detail. 如图19及图20所示,底壳312的构成臂部34的部分包括上述的下臂前壁352、下臂后表面壁372、在其间设置的分离壁33。 Parts of the arm portion 34 shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20, the bottom case 312 includes the aforementioned lower arm front wall 352, rear wall surface of the lower arm 372, in the separation wall 33 disposed therebetween. 在下臂前壁352中,在左端部的弯曲部的右侧,设有模具避让孔850。 The lower arm front wall 352, on the right side of the curved portion of the left end portion, a mold escape hole 850. 模具避让孔850为从下臂前壁352的上部切割俯视图中为纵长长方形形状的部分而成的部位。 Relief hole 850 of the die 352 from the upper portion of the front wall of the lower arm is cut plan view of part of a longitudinal rectangular shape formed parts. 当在底壳312上接合顶壳311时,模具避让孔850在臂前壁35上形成通孔(参照图4)。 When the bottom case 312 joins the top case 311, the mold escape hole 850 in the arm front wall forming through-holes (see Figure 4) 35.

[0233] 分离壁33在臂部34的三个壁面中最高,其高度比容纳在盒壳31中的带的宽度稍大。 [0233] separation wall 33 in the wall 34 of the arm of the three highest, its height is slightly larger than the width accommodated in the cartridge case 31 of the belt. 在下臂前壁352中,模具避让孔850的左侧部分具有分离壁33的一半左右的高度。 The lower arm front wall 352, the left part of the mold escape hole 850 having about half the height of the separating wall 33. 在下臂前壁352中,模具避让孔850的右侧部分具有分离壁33的三分之二左右的高度。 The lower arm front wall 352, the right part of the mold escape hole 850 has a separating wall 33, about two-thirds of the height. 下臂后表面壁372比分离壁33稍低,具有与墨带60的宽度大致相同的高度。 Lower arm rear surface wall 372 is slightly lower than the separating wall 33, the ink ribbon 60 having a width substantially the same height. 并且,分离壁33的俯视图为圆形的右端部位于臂部34的大致中央。 Moreover, the separation wall 33 circular in plan view right arm is located substantially at the center 34. 在底壳312的前后方向上,分离壁33的左端位于与设在下臂前壁352上的模具避让孔850相对的位置。 In the longitudinal direction of the bottom case 312, the separating wall 33 located at the left end of the lower arm front wall 352 is provided in a position opposite to the mold escape hole 850. 模具避让孔850为形成底壳312时使用的模具的避让孔。 Die escape escape hole hole 850 to form the bottom case 312 using a mold.

[0234] 如图20所示,带(在图20的例子中为薄膜带59)的供给路径形成在下臂前壁352 和分离壁33之间。 Supply channel [0234] 20, with (in the example of FIG. 20 for the film tape 59) is formed on the lower arm front wall 352 and the separation wall 33. 另一方面,墨带60的供给路径形成在分离壁33和下臂后表面壁372之间。 On the other hand, the ink ribbon feed path 60 is formed between the separation wall 33 and the rear surface of the wall 372 of the lower arm. 因此,在这些供给路径上,设有限制带、墨带60朝宽度方向(盒壳31的上下方向)移动的调节部。 Therefore, in these supply paths with tether belt, moving the regulation portion of the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction (the vertical direction of the cassette case 31).

[0235] 首先,关于带的供给路径,在分离壁33的左端部及右端部的下端部,分别设有限制带朝下移动的第一带下调节部381B、382B。 [0235] First, with respect to the tape feed path, the separating wall in the left and right end portions of the lower end portion 33, the first lower tape regulating portions are provided with a downward movement limit 381B, 382B. 第一带下调节部381B、382B分别从底壁306 的顶表面稍稍朝上方突出。 The first vaginal discharge regulating portion 381B, 382B, respectively, slightly protruding upward from the top surface of the bottom wall 306. 第一带下调节部381B、382B分别从分离壁33朝向前方延伸至下臂前壁352。 The first vaginal discharge regulating portion 381B, 382B, respectively, from the separating wall 33 toward the front of the front wall 352 extends to the lower arm. 并且,在分离壁33的左端部的上端设有限制带朝上移动的分离壁调节部383。 Further, in the upper left portion of the separating wall 33 is provided to limit upward movement with a separating wall regulating portion 383. 分离壁调节部383为从分离壁33的上端朝前方突出的突出片。 The separating wall regulating portion 383 from the upper end of the separating wall 33 of forwardly projecting piece. 第一带下调节部381B、382B 和分离壁调节部383在上下方向上的距离与带的宽度相同。 381B, 382B and the separating wall regulating portion 383 the same distance from the strip width in the vertical direction of the first lower tape regulating portion.

[0236] 另一方面,关于墨带60的供给路径,在分离壁33的左端部及右端部的下端部,分别设有限制墨带60朝下移动的第一墨带下调节部386B、387B。 [0236] On the other hand, with respect to the ink ribbon feed path 60, the left end portion and a right end portion of the lower end portion of the separating wall 33, the ink ribbon 60 are provided to limit downward movement of the first lower ribbon regulating portions 386B, 387B . 第一墨带下调节部386B、 387B分别从底壁306的顶表面朝上方稍稍突出。 The first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B, 387B, respectively, from the top surface of the bottom wall 306 protrudes slightly upward. 第一墨带下调节部386B从分离壁33的左端部朝左斜后方延伸至下臂后表面壁372的左端部。 The first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B from the left end portion of the separating wall 33 of the left oblique left lower arm portion extending rearward to the rear surface of the wall 372. 第一墨带下调节部387B从分离壁33 的右端部朝后方延伸至下臂后表面壁372。 The first lower ribbon regulating portion 387B from the right side of the separation wall 33 extending rearward from the rear surface of the wall 372 of the lower arm.

[0237] 第一带下调节部381B、382B、分离壁调节部383及第一墨带下调节部386B、387B分别以上述的受支撑部391、392的第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B为基准面,设定在底壳312的上下方向中的高度位置。 [0237] The first vaginal discharge regulation section 381B, 382B, the separating wall regulating portion 383 and the first lower ribbon regulating portions 386B, 387B, respectively, 391 and 392 of the first side, a second support portion by the above-described flat surface 391B , 392B as the reference surface, set height position in the vertical direction in the bottom case 312.

[0238] 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第一带下调节部381B、382B的突出端(上端)和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的上下方向的距离、及分离壁调节部383的下端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的上下方向的距离。 [0238] More specifically, in accordance with the width of the first lower tape regulating portion set projecting end 381B, 382B of the (upper) and the first and second lower planar surface from the vertical direction 391B, 392B, and separation and adjusting the lower end portion of the wall 383 and the first and second lower flat surface side from the vertical direction 391B, 392B of. 根据墨带60的宽度设定第一墨带下调节部386B、387B的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的上下方向的距离。 According to the width of the ink ribbon set 60 projecting end of the first lower ribbon regulating portions 386B, 387B, and flat side surfaces of the first and second lower 391B, 392B from the vertical direction. 这些调节部均位于臂部;34内。 These regulatory unit are located in the arm; 34. 第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B分别位于头插入部39的上游侧端部及下游侧端部附近。 The first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B which are located near the head insertion portion 39 of the upstream-side end portion and the downstream end portion. 即,各调节部和作为基准面的第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B位于彼此接近的位置。 That is, each adjustment portion and a first reference surface and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B located at a position close to each other.

[0239] 在进行调节部的尺寸设定、制造后的尺寸测定时以往使用的基准位置(例如,后文说明的销孔62、63的顶壁部分)处于与调节部分离的位置。 [0239] making adjust the size setting unit, the reference position size after production was measured conventionally used (for example, a pin hole described later top wall portion 62, 63) is in position regulating portion isolated. 因此,有时模制两者的模具的模型不同。 Therefore, sometimes different mold molding both models. 这种情况下,基准位置的模型越远,制造的带盒的调节部的尺寸误差越大。 In this case, the farther the position of the reference model, the larger the size of the tape cassette manufacturing error adjusting unit. 并且,即使通过同一模型形成,基准位置和调节部处于分离的位置时,由于测定误差,尺寸精度也变低。 And when, even if the model is formed by the same, in the reference position, and adjusting the position of the separation portion due to a measurement error, the dimensional accuracy also becomes low. 而如本实施方式所示,将调节部和基准面的距离拉近时,测定误差变少。 And as shown in this embodiment, when the distance adjustment unit and planes closer together, the measurement error is reduced. 并且, 可用同一的模型模制两者的可能性变高。 Also, the possibility of the same model are available both molded high.

[0240] 以下,使用图23,对调节部和基准面由同一模具的模型84模制的情况进行说明。 [0240] Hereinafter, 23, to adjust the unit and the plane will be explained by the situation of the same mold block 84 molded. 其中,在图23中,对无需说明的部分(例如,第一圆筒部件861等)省略了图示。 In FIG. 23, on the part of (for example, the first cylindrical member 861, etc.) without description are not shown. 如图23 所示,在制造底壳312的情况下,第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一带下调节部381B、382B用同一模型84进行制造。 23, in case of manufacturing the bottom case 312, the first lower flat surface 391B side and a first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B model manufactured by the same 84. 其中,第一墨带下调节部386B、387B和第二下侧平坦表面392B也用与第一下侧平坦表面391B、第一带下调节部381B、382B相同的模型84进行制造,但是省略图示。 Wherein, 386B, 387B and the second lower planar surface of the first lower ribbon regulating portion 392B also use the flat side surface of the first under 391B, first taken off the adjustment section 381B, 382B manufactured same model 84, but be omitted show.

[0241] 模型84包含上镶块模841和下镶块模842。 [0241] Model 84 includes the insert molding 841 and lower mold inserts 842. 通过下镶块模842模制底壳312的底表面302和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B。 842 through the lower mold insert molded pan bottom surface 312 of the side flat surface 302 and the first and second lower 391B, 392B. 并且,通过上镶块模841模制第一带下调节部381B、382B和第一墨带下调节部386B、387B。 And, by the insert molding 841 molded first taken off the adjustment section 381B, 382B and the first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B, 387B.

[0242] 如此,使用包含上镶块模841和下镶块模842的同一模型84,模制第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B和第一带下调节部381B、382B和第一墨带下调节部386B、387B。 [0242] Thus, the inserts containing mold 841 and lower mold inserts 84 842 of the same model, the molding of the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B and first taken off the adjustment section 381B, 382B and the first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B, 387B. 因此, 与用不同的模型分别模制第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B、第一带下调节部381B、382B 及第一墨带下调节部386B、387B的情况相比,能够提高尺寸精度。 Therefore, as compared with the use of different models were molded flat side surfaces of the first and second lower 391B, 392B, the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B and the first lower ribbon regulating portions 386B, 387B of the situation can be improved dimensional accuracy. 并且,由于调节部和基准面接近,因此测定误差变少,尺寸精度变高。 Further, since the adjustment portion and the plane approaching, so the measurement error is reduced, dimensional accuracy becomes high.

[0243] 其结果,提高了带及墨带60的供给精度。 [0243] As a result, improved feeding accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon 60. 臂部34位于通过热头10 (参照图5)进行打印的位置(开口77)的上游侧附近,因此通过提高臂部34内的带及墨带60的供给精度,还可提高打印精度。 Arm portion 34 is located by the thermal head 10 (see FIG. 5) of the printing position (the opening 77) in the vicinity of the upstream side, and therefore by increasing the tape and the ink ribbon inside the arm portion 34 of the feeding accuracy of 60, but also improve the printing accuracy.

[0244] 并且,在制造之后,能够以第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B为基准,容易进行各调节部的尺寸管理。 [0244] and, after manufacture, capable of a first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B as a reference, easy dimensional control of each adjustment portion. 例如,在对带盒30进行检查时,将作为基准面的第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B放置到夹具的放置面,进行各调节部的尺寸测定。 For example, when the tape cassette 30 to be checked, as the first and second lower planar surface reference plane 391B, 392B placed jig mounting surface, measuring the size of a portion of each adjustment. 此时,由于各调节部和基准面的距离比现有技术近,因此检查人员能够准确地测定尺寸。 In this case, the distance between the reference surface of each adjusting unit and closer than the prior art, therefore inspector can measure the size accurately. 例如,在使用图23所示的模型84模制带盒30的情况下,模制后的底壳312中的第一下侧平坦表面391B被设置在夹具的设置面上。 For example, in the case shown in FIG. 23 model 84 with a molded cassette 30, pan 312 after molding the first lower flat surface 391B is provided on the installation surface jig. 并且,第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一带下调节部381B、382B的上下方向的距离D被准确地被测定。 Further, the distance D side in the vertical direction of the first lower flat surface 391B and the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B are to be measured accurately.

[0245] 并且,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B被设置为从容纳在盒壳31中的带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置朝上下方向相隔预定距离。 [0245] Further, the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B are provided from the tape and the ink accommodated in the cassette case 31 in the width direction of the center position of the tape 60 is spaced a predetermined distance in the vertical direction. 因此,相对于第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的上下方向位置,带及墨带60的上下方向位置变得更加明确,带及墨带60的 Therefore, the vertical direction position 391B, 392B relative to the first and second lower flat surface with the vertical direction of the position and the ink ribbon 60 becomes more clear, the tape and the ink ribbon 60

供给精度进一步提高。 Feeding accuracy is further improved.

[0246] 并且,在本实施方式中,带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B之间的距离是恒定的,与带及墨带60的宽度无关。 [0246] In the present embodiment, the tape and the ink ribbon width direction of the center position and the flat side surfaces of the first and second 60 of 391B, 392B between distance is constant, and the width of the tape and the ink ribbon 60 nothing to do. 因此,对于容纳了具有不同带宽的带及墨带60的多种带盒30的情况下,能够将第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B 的位置设定为统一的基准,盒壳31的尺寸测定、部件的管理变得容易。 Thus, for receiving the tape and the ink ribbon having a plurality of different bandwidths tape cartridge 60 of the case 30, it is possible to position the flat surface of the first side, a second lower 391B, 392B are set to a uniform reference, the cassette case 31 The size of the measurement, management component becomes easy. [0247] 并且,臂部34内的各调节部在底壳312的左右方向上位于第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B之间,与任意一个基准面相邻。 [0247] Further, each of the arm portions 34 are adjusted in the lateral direction of the bottom case 312 in the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, between 392B, a reference surface and any adjacent. 即,可以使用任意一个基准面进行尺寸设定、 尺寸测定,或能够使用两个基准面进行尺寸设定、尺寸测定。 That is, you can use any of a plane the size of a set size measurement, or to use two planes the size of a set size determination. 通过使用两个基准面,能够进一步提高制造各调节部时的尺寸精度,能够进一步提高带及墨带60的供给精度。 By using two reference surface, the dimensional accuracy can be further improved when producing the respective adjusting portions, it is possible to further improve the feeding accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon 60. 并且,在制造之后,能够更为容易且准确地进行尺寸管理。 And, after manufacture, it can be more easily and accurately dimensional control.

[0248] 如图20所示,在带的供给方向上,臂部34的上游侧的第三角部323附近,设置具有与第一带下调节部381B、382B同样限制带朝下移动的调节部384B的引导销327。 [0248] 20, in the feeding direction of the belt, near the upstream side of the first triangular portion 34 of the arm portion 323 is provided with 381B, 382B with the same limit downward movement adjusting portion and the first lower tape regulating portion 384B of the guide pin 327. 因此, 对于调节部384B,与第一带下调节部381B、382B同样,以第一受支撑部391的第一下侧平坦表面391B为基准面进行尺寸设定、尺寸管理。 Thus, for adjusting portion 384B, and the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B similarly to the first side by the first lower flat surface 391 of the support portion 391B to set the size of a reference plane, dimensional control.

[0249] 在与头插入部39的下游侧端部邻接地设在底壳312上的调节部件362的基部上, 设有限制带朝下移动的第二带下调节部363。 [0249] On the downstream side of the base end portion of the head insertion portion 39 adjacent the bottom case 312 provided on the regulating member 362, the second lower tape regulating portion is provided with a downward movement limit 363. 以第二下侧平坦表面392B为基准面,设定第二带下调节部363在底壳312的上下方向上的高度位置。 In the second lower flat surface 392B as the reference surface, second lower tape regulating portion 363 to set the height position in the vertical direction of the bottom case 312. 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第二带下调节部363的突出端(上端)和第二下侧平坦表面392B在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, according to the width of the projecting end of the second set with the adjusting portion 363 taken off the (upper) and the second lower flat surface 392B in the vertical direction of the distance. 第二下侧平坦表面392B与第二下侧调节部363同样,设在与头插入部39的下游侧端部邻接的第二受支撑部392上。 Second lower flat surface 392B and the second lower regulating portion 363 Similarly, provided on the downstream end portion of the head insertion portion 39 that is adjacent to the second supporting portion 392. 因此,以第二下侧平坦表面392B为基准面,能够提高制造第二带下调节部363时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Accordingly, the second lower flat surface 392B as the reference surface side, can improve the manufacturing dimensional precision of the second adjusting portion 363 taken off when, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0250] 在本实施方式中,第二带下调节部363的突出端和第二下侧平坦表面392B之间的距离与第一带下调节部381B、382B的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B的距离相同。 [0250] In the present embodiment, the distance between the first overhang section taken off adjustment 381B, 382B of the protruding end 363 of the second lower tape regulating portion and the second lower flat surface 392B and between the first and second same as 391B, 392B from the lower side of the flat surface. 即,设在调节部件362上的第二带下调节部363的高度位置和设在臂部34内的第一带下调节部381B、382B的高度位置相同。 363 same as the height position of the first lower tape regulating portion and the arm portion 34 is provided in the 381B, 382B, i.e., adjustment member 362 disposed on the second lower tape regulating portion. 因此,在各调节部,带的朝下方的移动被限制,在上下方向上被恰当地定位,因此从臂部34到调节部件362,带相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地被供给。 Thus, each adjustment portion, the belt is moved downward toward the limit, it is properly positioned in the vertical direction, and therefore from the arm portion 34 to the regulating member 362 with respect to the width direction of the belt parallel to the center line and accurately be supply.

[0251] 接着,对底壳312中的构成第一、第二角部321、322及带、墨带60的容纳区域的部分进行详细说明。 [0251] Next, the bottom case 312 constituting the first and second corner portions 321, 322 and belt, part of the ink ribbon receiving area 60 will be described in detail. 如图20及图21所示,底壳312包含作为第一角部321的下表面的第三下侧平坦表面321B及作为第二角部322的下表面的第四下侧平坦表面322B。 As shown in Figure 20 and as shown in the bottom case 312 comprises a lower surface 21 of the third lower flat surface 321B of the first corner portion 321 and a lower surface of the fourth lower flat surface 322 of the second corner portion 322B. 第三下侧平坦表面321B及第四下侧平坦表面322B均为位于底表面302的上方的平坦表面。 321B and the fourth lower side of the flat surface of the third lower flat surface 322B are located above the bottom surface 302 of the flat surface.

[0252] 底壳312的上下方向(高度方向)上的第三、第四下侧平坦表面321B、322B的位置和带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置之间的距离,与带盒30的类型无关,即,即使带盒30 的上下方向上的高度不同,也是恒定的。 The third, fourth lower flat surfaces 321B, 322B and the location of the tape and the ink ribbon 60 from the center position in the width direction between the vertical direction (height direction) [0252] on the bottom case 312, the tape cassette 30 regardless of the type, i.e., even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction at different heights on, is constant. 因此,越是容纳的带及带盒60的宽度大的带盒30, 从底表面302到第三、第四下侧平坦表面321B、322B的距离越长。 Thus, the more and the cassette accommodating the tape width of the tape cassette 60 of 30, from the bottom surface 302 to the third, fourth lower flat surface side longer 321B, 322B of the distance.

[0253] 在本实施方式中,上述的第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B及第三、第四下侧平坦表面321B、322B处于从带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置(在本实施方式中为盒壳31的上下方向中心位置)朝上下方向分离相同距离的位置。 [0253] In the present embodiment, the first and second lower planar surface of said 391B, 392B and the third, fourth lower flat surfaces 321B, 322B in the tape and the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction of the center position (in the present embodiment) in the vertical direction of the distance separating the same position in the vertical direction of the cassette case 31 in the center position. 即,第一、第二、第三、第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B在底壳321上均处于相同的高度位置。 That is, the first, second, third, fourth lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B in the bottom case 321 are at the same height position. 第三、第四下侧平坦表面321B、322B当作相对限制带及墨带60朝下移动的调节部的基准面使用。 The third, fourth lower flat surfaces 321B, 322B as a relative restriction tape and the ink ribbon 60 to move downward adjustment portion of plane use.

[0254] 底壳312包含:构成第一带区域400的部分即第一下带区域400B、构成第二带区域410的部分即第二下带区域410B、构成第一墨带区域420的部分即第一下墨带区域420B、及构成第二墨带区域440的部分即第二下墨带区域440B。 [0254] Bottom 312 comprising: a first lower portion 400 with a region that is composed of the first tape area 400B, 410 constituting the second band region which was a part of the second lower tape area 410B, constituting part of the first ribbon area 420, that is first lower ribbon area 420B, and constitute part of the second ribbon area 440. The second lower ribbon area 440B.

[0255] 在第三下侧平坦表面321B的里面,即在底壳312的内表面侧,设有第三圆筒部件863。 [0255] In the inside of the third lower flat surface 321B side, i.e., on the inner surface side of the bottom case 312, the third cylindrical member 863 is provided. 即,第三圆筒部件863设在第三下侧平坦表面321B的铅直方向的上方。 That is, the third cylindrical member 863 located in the upper side of the flat surface of the third vertical direction 321B of the next. 第三圆筒部件863在第一下带区域400B的左后侧与第一周边壁70接触。 Third cylindrical member 863 with the first 70 contacts the left rear perimeter wall of the first lower tape area 400B. 第三圆筒部件863的结构与上述的第一圆筒部件861(参照图22)的结构相同。 Third cylindrical member 863 of the same structure of the above-described first cylindrical member 861 (see FIG. 22) of the structure. 第一周边壁70为以沿着第一下带区域400B的方式竖立设置的壁。 The first peripheral wall 70 is a wall along the first lower tape area 400B of the erected mode. 从第一下带区域400B的后侧的稍稍左侧到第一下带区域400B 的左侧的稍稍后方为止,第一周边壁70在俯视图中被设置成圆弧状。 Slightly from the left rear side of the first lower tape area 400B to slightly behind the first lower tape area 400B of the far left, the first peripheral wall 70 in plan view is arranged in a circular arc shape. 第三圆筒部件863与第三压入销873(参照图2嵌合,形成第三嵌合部883,在后文中对其进行详细说明。 Third cylindrical member 863 and the third insertion pin 873 (refer to FIG 2 fitted, the third fitting portion 883 is formed, in the hereinafter be described in detail.

[0256] 在第四下侧平坦表面322B的里面,即底壳312的内表面侧,设有第四圆筒部件 [0256] in which the side surface of the fourth lower flat 322B, i.e., the inner side surface of the bottom case 312, a cylindrical member with a fourth

864。 864. 即,第四圆筒部件864设在第四下侧平坦表面322B的铅直方向的上方。 That is, the fourth cylindrical member 864 located above the flat surface of the fourth side 322B of the lower vertical direction. 第四圆筒部件864设在第二下带区域410B的右后方,与第二周边壁71接触。 Fourth cylindrical member 864 located at the right rear of the second lower tape area 410B, and 71 in contact with the second peripheral wall. 第四圆筒部件864的结构与上述的第一圆筒部件861(参照图22)的结构相同。 The same as the above-described structure of the fourth cylindrical member of the first cylindrical member 861 864 (see FIG. 22) of the structure. 从第二下带区域410B的左侧经由后侧到右前侧,第二周边壁71以沿着第二下带区域410B的方式设置成圆弧状。 From the left side of the second lower tape area 410B via the rear side of the right front side, a second peripheral wall 71 along the second lower tape area 410B manner set into a circular shape. 第四圆筒部件864与第四压入销874 (参照图2嵌合,形成第四嵌合部884,在后文中对其进行详细说明。 Fourth cylindrical member 864 and the fourth insertion pin 874 (see FIG 2 fitting, fourth fitting portion 884 is formed, later in its detail.

[0257] 在第一带区域400B上设有从底壁306的顶表面稍稍朝上方突出的突出部。 [0257] with a protrusion from the top surface of the bottom wall 306 slightly protrude upward on the first tape area 400B. 更为详细地,在配置有第一带卷轴40的第一下带区域400B的中心位置上设有环状突出部,从该位置有三根线状突出部放射状延伸至第一下带区域400B的周边。 In more detail, in the center of the first tape 400B is disposed at a first tape spool 40 is provided with an annular region projecting portion, from which position has three linear protrusion extending radially from the first lower tape area 400B periphery. 将这些突出部称为第三带下调节部40B。 These protrusions called third lower tape regulating portion 40B. 第三带下调节部40B限制卷绕在第一带卷轴40上而配置于第一带区域400中的热敏纸带55、打印带57或双面胶带58(参照图5至图8)朝下移动。 Third lower tape regulating portion 40B restrict wound on the first tape spool 40 disposed within a first band area 400 in the heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57 or the double-sided adhesive tape 58 (refer to FIG. 5 to FIG. 8) toward the next move.

[0258] 以邻接的第一角部321的第三下侧平坦表面321B为基准,第三带下调节部40B设定在底壳312的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0258] In a first corner portion 321 adjacent the third lower flat surface 321B as the reference, 40B is set in the vertical direction of the height position of the bottom case 312 of the third lower tape regulating portion. 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第三带下调节部40B的突出端(上端)和第三下侧平坦表面321B在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, according to the width of the projecting end of the third set with the regulating portion 40B of vaginal discharge (upper) and the third lower flat surface 321B in the vertical direction of the distance. 因此,以第三下侧平坦表面321B为基准面,能够提高制造第三带下调节部40B时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Therefore, the third lower flat surface 321B as the reference surface, it is possible to improve the manufacturing dimensional precision third lower tape regulating portion 40B when, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0259] 在本实施方式中,第三带下调节部40B的突出端和第三下侧平坦表面321B之间的距离、与第一带下调节部381B、382B的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0259] In the present embodiment, the overhang 40B of the third lower flat surface and the third lower tape regulating portions 321B between the distance, and the first lower tape regulating portions projecting ends 381B, 382B and the first, Two lower side of the flat surface 391B, 392B same distance in the vertical direction. 并且,第三带下调节部40B的突出端和第三下侧平坦表面321B之间的距离、与第二带下调节部363的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离相同。 Further, the distance between the protruding ends 321B 40B and the third lower flat surface of the third lower tape regulating portion, and the projecting end of the second lower tape regulating portion 363 and the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B in the same distance from the vertical direction. 即,设在第一下带区域400B中的第三带下调节部40B的高度位置与设在臂部34内的第一带下调节部381B、382B及设在调节部件362上的第二带下调节部363相同。 That is, provided on the first lower tape area 400B of the third lower tape regulating portion 40B and the height position of the arm 34 is provided in the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B and 362 provided on the adjustment member second band Under the same section 363 adjustment.

[0260] 因此,在各调节部,带的朝下移动被限制,带在上下方向上被恰当定位而供给。 [0260] Thus, in the adjustment portion, is limited downwardly moving belt, in the vertical direction of the belt is properly positioned supplied. 在图7及图8所示的接收器式、热式带盒30的情况下,跨越第一带区域400、臂部34、调节部件362,打印带57或热敏纸带55相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地被供给。 In FIG. 7 and the receiver type shown in FIG. 8, the thermal type tape cassette 30, across the first tape area 400, the arm portion 34, adjusting member 362, the print tape 57 or the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 with respect to the belt parallel to the center line in the width direction and is supplied with high accuracy. 在图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30的情况下,从臂部34到调节部件362,薄膜带59相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地被供给。 Figures 5 and 6 in the case of the laminated type tape cassette as shown in 30, from the arm portion 34 to the regulating member 362, the film tape 59 with respect to the center line parallel to the width direction of the belt and is supplied with high accuracy. 并且,双面胶带58和薄膜带59在上下方向位置一致的状态下被高精度地供给。 Also, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 and the film tape 59 at the same position in the vertical direction is accurately fed state.

[0261] 用完的墨带60的供给路径为,从位于头插入部39的下游侧端部的墨带引导壁47 的后端部到第二下墨带区域440B。 [0261] Spent ink ribbon 60 feed path for the ink downstream end portion of the insertion portion 39 with the rear end portion of the guide wall 47 to the second lower ribbon area 440B is located from the head. 在该供给路径和第一下带区域400B之间,沿着第一下带区域400B的外周设有分离壁48。 Between the supply path and the first lower tape area 400B, along the outer periphery of the first lower tape area 400B is provided with the separation wall 48. 分离壁48防止用完的墨带60和卷绕在第一带卷轴40 上的双面胶带58彼此接触。 The separation wall 48 to prevent running out of ink ribbon 60 and the double-sided adhesive tape is wound on the first tape spool 40, 58 contact each other. [0262] 在墨带引导壁47的后端部,设有限制墨带60朝下移动的第二墨带下调节部388B。 [0262] In the ribbon guide wall 47 of the rear end with the ink ribbon 60 limit downward movement of the second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B. 第二墨带下调节部388B从底壁306的顶表面稍稍朝上方突出。 The second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B protruding slightly upward from the top surface of the bottom wall 306. 第二墨带下调节部388B从墨带引导壁47的后端部朝向后方延伸至第一下带区域400B的近前。 The second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B from the rear end of the ribbon guide wall 47 extends rearward to the first lower tape area 400B of near.

[0263] 以与头插入部39的下游侧端部邻接的第二受支撑部392的第二下侧平坦表面392B为基准面,设定第二墨带下调节部388B在底壳312的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0263] The second side 392 of the lower end portion to the downstream side of the head insertion portion 39 that is adjacent to a second planar surface of the support portion 392B as the reference surface, setting the second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B in the bottom case 312 of the upper and lower height direction. 更为详细地,根据墨带60的宽度设定第二墨带下调节部388B的突出端(上端)和第二下侧平坦表面392B在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, a set of the second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B projecting end (upper) and the flat surface 392B in the vertical direction from the lower side of the second ink ribbon width 60. 因此,能够以第二下侧平坦表面392B为基准面,提高制造第二墨带下调节部388B时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Accordingly, the second lower flat surface 392B as the reference surface side, the second lower ribbon regulating improve manufacturing dimensional precision portion 388B when, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0264] 在本实施方式中,第二墨带下调节部388B的突出端和第二下侧平坦表面392B的距离、与第一墨带下调节部386B、387B的突出部和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0264] In the present embodiment, the distance between the second lower ribbon regulating portions 388B and a projecting end side of the second lower flat surface 392B, the first lower ribbon regulating portion protruding portions 386B, 387B, and the first, Two lower side of the flat surface 391B, 392B same distance in the vertical direction. 即,设在墨带引导壁47的后端部的第二墨带下调节部388B的高度位置与设在臂部34内的第一墨带下调节部386B、387B相同。 Same as 386B, 387B that is provided at the rear end of the ribbon guide wall 47 of the second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B and the height position of the arm 34 is provided in the first lower ribbon regulating portion. 因此,在各调节部,墨带60朝下的移动被限制,在上下方向上被恰当地定位,从臂部34到墨带引导壁47,相对于墨带60 的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地被供给。 Therefore, by limiting the movement of each adjustment portion, the ink ribbon 60 downward, is properly positioned in the vertical direction, the arm portion 34 to the ribbon guide wall 47, with respect to the width direction of the ink ribbon 60 and a center line parallel to the high- Accuracy be supplied.

[0265] 在第二带区域410B中,与第一下带区域400B同样,设有从底壁306的顶表面稍稍朝上方突出的突出部。 [0265] In the second tape area 410B in the first lower tape area 400B same features protruding from the bottom wall portion of the top surface 306 slightly protrude upward. 更为详细地,在配置有第二带卷轴41的第二下带区域410B的中心位置设有环状突出部,从该位置有八根线状突出部以放射状延伸至第二下带区域410B的周缘。 More specifically, in the central position 410B of the second tape spool 41 is disposed at the second region is provided with an annular protrusion, has eight line-shaped protruding portions radially extend to the second lower tape area 410B from the position periphery. 将这些突出部称为第四带下调节部41B。 These protrusions called the fourth lower tape regulating portion 41B. 第四带下调节部41B在层叠式带盒30 (参照图5及图6)的情况下,限制卷绕在第二带卷轴41上而配置于第二带区域410中的薄膜带59朝下移动。 The fourth lower tape regulating portion 41B in the laminated type tape cassette case 30 (refer to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6), limits wound on the second tape spool 41 is disposed in the second region 410 with the film tape 59 downwardly Mobile.

[0266] 以邻接的第二角部322的第四下侧平坦表面322B为基准面,设定第四带下调节部41B在底壳312的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0266] In the second corner portion 322 of the adjacent fourth lower flat surface 322B as the reference surface, the fourth lower tape regulating portion 41B to set the height position in the vertical direction of the bottom case 312. 更为具体地,根据带的宽度设定第四带下调节部41B的突出端(上端)和第四下侧平坦表面322B在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, in accordance with the width of the projecting end of the fourth lower tape regulating setting portion 41B (the upper end) and the fourth lower flat surface 322B in the vertical direction of the distance. 因此,以第四下侧平坦表面322B为基准面,能够提高制造第四带下调节部41B时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Therefore, the fourth lower flat surface 322B as the reference surface, the fourth lower tape regulating the manufacture can be improved dimensional accuracy portion 41B when, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0267] 在本实施方式中,第四带下调节部41B的突出端和第四下侧平坦表面322B的距离、与第一带下调节部381B、382B的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离、第二带下调节部363的突出端和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离、第三带下调节部40B的突出端和第三下侧平坦表面321B在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0267] In the present embodiment, the distance the projecting end 41B and the fourth lower flat surface 322B of the fourth lower tape regulating portion, the first lower tape regulating portions projecting ends 381B, 382B and the first and second lower side flat surface 391B, 392B in the vertical direction from the projecting end of the second adjusting portion 363 and a vaginal discharge side of the first planar surface, a second lower 391B, 392B in the vertical direction, the distance, the third lower tape regulating portion 40B The protruding end and side 321B at the same flat surface of the third distance in the vertical direction. 即,设在第二下带区域410B中的第四带下调节部41B的高度位置,与设在臂部34内的第一带下调节部381B、382B、设在调节部件362上的第二带下调节部363、设在第一下带区域400B中的第三带下调节部40B相同。 That is, the height position of the second lower tape area provided in the 410B 41B of the fourth lower tape regulating portion, provided in the arm portion 34 and the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B, 362 provided on the second adjusting member same vaginal discharge adjusting section 363 provided on the first lower tape area 400B of the third lower tape regulating portion 40B.

[0268] 因此,在各调节部,带的朝下移动被限制,带在上下方向上被恰当地定位并被供给。 [0268] Thus, in the adjustment portion, it is limited downwardly moving belt, in the vertical direction of the belt is properly positioned and supplied. 在图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30中,跨越第二带区域410、臂部34、调节部件362,薄膜带59相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地被供给。 In Figures 5 and 6 of the laminated type tape cassette 30 shown, the region 410 across the second belt, the arm portion 34, adjusting member 362, the film tape 59 with respect to the center line parallel to the width direction of the belt and is supplied with high accuracy. 并且,双面胶带58和薄膜带59在上下方向上的位置一致的状态下被高精度地供给。 Also, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 and the film tape 59 in the vertical direction is precisely the same position under the supply state.

[0269] 在第一下墨带区域420B中,设有从底壁306的顶表面稍稍朝上方突出的突出部。 [0269] In the first lower ribbon area 420B, there are provided protruding from the bottom wall portion of the top surface 306 slightly protrude upward. 更为详细地,在配置有墨带卷轴42的第一墨带下区域420B的中心位置上设置的环状的突出部被称为第三墨带下调节部42B。 In more detail, the annular protruding portion 420B at the center is disposed an ink ribbon spool vaginal discharge region 42 of the first set is referred to as the third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B. 第三墨带下调节部42B限制卷绕在墨带卷轴42上而配置于第一墨带区域420中的未使用的墨带60 (参照图5至图7)朝下方移动。 The third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B restrict wound on the ribbon spool 42 arranged on the first ribbon area 420 in the unused ink ribbon 60 (refer to FIG. 5 to FIG. 7) to move downward.

[0270] 以邻接的第一受支撑部391的第一下侧平坦表面391B为基准面,设定第三墨带下调节部42B在底壳312的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0270] In the first lower side 391 adjacent to the first support portion by a flat surface 391B as the reference surface, setting the third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B in the vertical direction of the height position of the bottom case 312. 更为详细地,根据墨带60的宽度设定第三墨带下调节部42B的突出部(上端)和第一下侧平坦表面391B在上下方向上的距离。 Width in more detail, the ink ribbon 60 is set in accordance with the third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B of the projecting portion (the upper end) and the flat surface 391B in the vertical direction from the first lower side. 因此,能够以第一下侧平坦表面391B为基准面,提高制造第三墨带下调节部42B时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Therefore, it is possible to first lower flat surface 391B as the reference surface side, to improve manufacturing third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B when the dimensional accuracy, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0271] 在本实施方式中,第三墨带下调节部42B的突出部和第一下侧平坦表面391B的距离、与第一墨带下调节部386B、387B的突出部和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离、第二墨带下调节部388B的突出部和第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0271] In this embodiment, the third lower ribbon regulating portion and the side protruding from the flat surface of the first under section 42B of the 391B, and the first lower ribbon regulating portion protruding section 386B, 387B, and the first, Two lower side of the flat surface 391B, 392B distance in the vertical direction, and the second lower ribbon regulating projecting portion and the first and second lower flat surface portion 388B of 391B, 392B same distance in the vertical direction. 即,设在第一下墨带区域420B中的第三墨带下调节部42B的高度位置,与设在臂部34内的第一墨带下调节部386B、387B、设在墨带引导壁47后端部的第二墨带下调节部388B相同。 That is, the height position is set at the first lower ribbon area 420B of the third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B of the arm portion 34 provided in the first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B, 387B, located in the ribbon guide wall the rear end of the same 47 second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B.

[0272] 因此,在各调节部,墨带60朝下方的移动被限制,在上下方向上被恰当地定位,因此,跨越第一墨带区域420、臂部34、墨带引导壁47后端部,墨带60相对于墨带60的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地供给。 [0272] Thus, in the regulating portion, the ink ribbon 60 is moved downward toward the limit, it is properly positioned in the vertical direction, and therefore, the ink ribbon across the first region 420, the arm portion 34, the rear end of the ribbon guide wall 47 unit, the ink ribbon 60 with respect to the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction parallel to the center line and accurately supply.

[0273] 接着,参照图19、图M至图26,对顶壳311的结构进行说明。 [0273] Next, with reference to FIGS. 19, M to 26, the structure of the top case 311 will be described. 如图19所示,顶壳311的外形由顶表面301和上周壁303形成。 As shown in Figure 19, the top shell shape is formed by the top surface 311 of the peripheral wall 301 and 303. 上周壁303从形成顶表面301的顶壁305朝下方延伸预定高度。 Peripheral wall 303 extending a predetermined height from the bottom surface 301 forms the top wall 305 toward the top. 在上周壁303中,将构成臂前壁35的上部的部分称为上臂前壁351。 In the peripheral wall 303, front wall constituting the upper arm portion 35 of the front wall 351 as an upper arm. 并且,在从上臂前壁351朝后方分离的位置上从顶壁305朝下方延伸的、构成臂后表面壁37 的上部的壁被称为上臂后表面壁371。 And, in a separate location from the upper arm toward the rear of the front wall 351 extending from the bottom toward the top wall 305, constituting the arm rear surface of the wall 37 of the upper wall it is called the rear surface of the wall 371 of the upper arm. 将与上臂后表面壁371连续且限制头插入部39的上部的周壁称为上头周壁374。 The limit surface of the wall with the rear of the upper arm 371 is continuous and the upper part of the head insertion portion 39 of the peripheral wall is called the top of the peripheral wall 374.

[0274] 对顶壳311中的头插入部39周边的结构进行详细说明。 [0274] The top case 311 head insertion portion 39 surrounding the structure described in detail. 如图M及图25所示,与顶壳311的头插入部39的带供给方向上的上游侧端部连接地设有第一受按压部393 (参照图16)。 As shown in Figure 25 and Figure M, the upstream end of the belt feeding direction and the top case 311 is inserted into the head portion 39 is provided on the connection to the first by pressing part 393 (see FIG. 16). 第一受按压部393为以从顶表面301朝向下表面302的方式设置的凹部。 393 as a recess in a manner from the top surface 301 toward the lower surface 302 of the first set by the pressing portion. 第一受按压部393在将顶壳311与底壳312接合时,处于与第一受支撑部391上下重叠的位置。 First by the pressing portion 393 when the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 is engaged in the first by the support portion 391 overlaps the vertical position. 第一受按压部393为与形成头插入部39的开口的壁面(上头周壁374)连接的顶壁305的一部分朝下方凹陷而成的凹部。 The first part of the wall towards the bottom of the depression by the pressing portion 393 is formed head insertion opening 39 (on top of the peripheral wall 374) connected to the top wall 305 from the recess. 第一受按压部393与底壳312的第一接受部391同样,在沿着臂前壁35的方向上与头插入部39相邻。 By pressing the first portion 393 of the first receiving portion 312 and the bottom case 391 Similarly, in a direction along the arm front wall 35 of the insertion portion 39 adjacent the head. 在第一受按压部393的后侧(在图M中为上侧),与第一受按压部393接近地设有以旋转的方式支撑墨带卷取卷轴44的支撑孔68。 By pressing the rear side of the first portion 393 (in the upper side in FIG M), and the first pressing portion 393 that is provided in close proximity to rotatably support ribbon take-up spool 68 of the support hole 44.

[0275] 第一受按压部393具有第一上侧平坦表面393A。 [0275] The first pressing section 393 by having the first upper flat surface 393A. 第一上侧平坦表面393A位于顶表面301的下方。 The first upper flat surface 393A is located below the top surface 301. 第一上侧平坦表面393A为俯视图中大致长方形平坦表面(凹部的底壁部分)的上侧的面。 A first upper flat surface 393A is substantially rectangular in plan view on the surface side of the flat surface (the bottom wall portion of the recessed portion) of the. 顶壳311的上下方向(高度方向)上的第一上侧平坦表面393A的位置和容纳在盒壳31中的带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置之间的距离与带盒30的类型无关,即,即使带盒30的上下方向上的高度不同,也是恒定的。 393A of the position of the first upper flat surface of the top case 311 in the vertical direction (height direction) and hold the tape and the ink in the cartridge case 31 from the tape type and tape cassette 30 in the width direction between the center position 60 is independent , i.e., even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction at different heights on, is constant. 因此,越是容纳的带及墨带60 的宽度大的带盒30,设在顶表面301上的凹部即第一受按压部393的深度越大。 Therefore, the tape and the ink more accommodating with large width tape cassette 30 60, provided on the top surface 301 of the recess that is the first by the greater depth of the pressing portion 393.

[0276] 第一上侧平坦表面393A为顶壳311中的基准面。 [0276] The first upper flat surface 393A of the top case 311 plane. 在本实施方式中,第一上侧平坦表面393A被设置成,限制后文说明的带及墨带60朝上方移动的各种调节部的基准面。 In this embodiment, the first upper flat surface 393A is set with paper and ink limit described later with reference surface 60 in the upward movement of the various adjustments section. 并且,在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8中且带式打印装置1的带盒盖6关闭的情况下,第一上侧平坦表面393A为从上方被头部按压部件7按压的部位。 Further, in the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, and the tape printing device 1 when the cassette cover 6 is closed, the first upper flat surface 393A of the head is pressed from above of the pressing member 7 portion. [0277] 在第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A的正下方具有设在底壳312上的第一受支撑部391的第一下侧平坦表面391B。 [0277] just below the flat surface of the first side of the first portion 393 by pressing 393A has provided in the bottom case 312 of the first receiving support under section 391 of the first side of the flat surface 391B. S卩,第一上侧平坦表面393A和第一下侧平坦表面391B处于在带盒30的上下方向上重叠的位置。 S Jie, the first upper flat surface 393A and the side 391B in the first lower flat surface in the vertical direction of the tape cartridge 30 overlapping positions. 在第一上侧平坦表面393A的后方设有倾斜部394。 In the rear of the first upper flat surface 393A is provided with an inclined portion 394. 倾斜部394为从第一上侧平坦表面393A的后端朝上后方倾斜的、从第一上侧平坦表面393A到顶表面301的第一受按压部393的侧表面。 Inclined upwardly from the rear end portion 394 of the first upper flat surface 393A is inclined rearward from the first upper flat surface 393A is pressed by the top surface of the first portion 301 of the side surface 393.

[0278] 在第一受按压部393上设有朝下方突出的第一压入销871。 [0278] with a downward projecting the first insertion pin 871 on the first portion 393 by pressing. 更为详细地,第一压入销871设在第一上侧平坦表面393A的铅直方向的下方。 More specifically, a first insertion pin 871 is provided below the first upper flat surface 393A in the vertical direction. 第一压入销871在第一上侧平坦表面393A中设在与底壳312的第一下侧平坦表面391B上所设置的第一圆筒部件861 (参照图20)对应的位置上。 The first insertion pin 871 in the first upper flat surface 393A provided in the first cylindrical member 861 and the bottom case 312 of the first lower flat surface 391B side corresponding to the set position (see Figure 20). 在头插入部39的带供给方向下游侧端部附近,在与设在底壳312 的第二下侧平坦表面392B上的第二圆筒部件862(参照图20)对应的位置上,设有朝下方突出的第二压入销872。 39 in the vicinity of the tape feed direction downstream end head insertion portion, provided on the bottom case at 312 and second lower flat surface 392B of the second cylindrical member 862 (see FIG. 20) corresponding to a position with projecting downward toward the second press pin 872.

[0279] 第一压入销871和第二压入销872具有相同的结构。 [0279] The first insertion pin 871 and second insertion pin 872 has the same structure. 因此,在这里,参照图沈,作为第一压入销871和第二压入销872的代表,对第一压入销871的结构进行说明。 Thus, with reference to FIG Shen, as the first insertion pin 871 and second insertion pin on behalf of 872 of the first insertion pin structure 871 will be described. 其中,如图沈所示,在设置有第一压入销871的第一受按压部393上朝下方突出地形成有圆柱部。 Wherein, as shown in FIG sink, formed in projecting manner provided beneath the first insertion pin 871 by pressing a first portion 393 has a cylindrical portion toward. 该圆柱部通过与第一圆筒部件861的上端部抵接,确定带盒30的高度。 The cylindrical portion with the upper end portion of the first cylindrical member 861 abuts to determine the height of the tape cassette 30. 但是,在根据设置第一压入销871或其他第二至第四压入销872至874(参照图25)的部位,不需要圆柱部。 However, in the setting of the first insertion pin 871 or other second to fourth insertion pins 872 to 874 (refer to FIG. 25) of the portion, the cylindrical portion is not required. 并且,还可以形成与圆柱状不同的其他形状。 Also, other shapes can also be formed with a cylindrical different.

[0280] 如图沈所示,第一压入销871具有支柱部901和突起部件902。 [0280] FIG sink, the first insertion pin 871 has a pillar portion 901 and the projection member 902. 支柱部901从第一受按压部393的下表面(第一上侧平坦表面393A的里面)朝下方延伸。 Pillar portion 901 from the lower surface (the first upper flat surface 393A of the rear side) by pushing the first portion 393 extends downward. 支柱部901大致呈圆柱状,从上下方向上的中央的稍稍下侧起直径逐渐变小。 The pillar portion 901 is substantially cylindrical, the diameter tapers slightly from the central side from the vertical direction. 即,支柱部901的下部(以下,称为支柱前端部90以前端变细的方式形成。支柱前端部903的底表面直径比设在第一圆筒部件861上的圆筒孔部891(参照图22)的直径小。因此,能够在圆筒孔部891中容易插入支柱部901。 That is, the lower portion of the pillar portion 901 (hereinafter, referred to as the front end portion of the pillar 90 tapered front end is formed. Strut bottom surface diameter than the distal end portion 903 is provided on the first cylindrical member 861 in cylindrical hole 891 (refer to 22 inset) diameter. Accordingly, it is possible in the cylindrical hole 891 in the pillar portion 901 inserted easily.

[0281] 在支柱部901的周围放射状设置多个突起部件902。 [0281] around the pillar portion 901 a plurality of radially projecting member 902. 突起部件902在上下方向上设置于支柱部901的大致中央的上侧,其上端与形成在第一受按压部393上的圆柱部连接。 Projection member 902 in the vertical direction in substantially the center of the upper side of the pillar portion 901, which is connected to the upper end of the cylindrical portion formed on the first portion 393 by pressing. 并且,突起部件902在俯视图中以圆弧状从支柱部901突出。 And, in a plan view of the projection member 902 to arcuate portion 901 projecting from the pillar. 包含突起部件902的第一压入销871的直径比第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891 (参照图22)的直径大。 A first pressing member comprising a diameter of the projection 902 of the pin 871 into the bore diameter than the cylindrical portion 891 of the first cylindrical member 861 (see FIG. 22) is large.

[0282] 突起部件902的下部为随着靠向下端直径渐渐变小的圆弧。 Lower part [0282] With the projection member 902 is gradually smaller in diameter toward the lower end of the arc. 即,突起部件902的下部以前端变细的方式形成。 That is, the lower portion of the projection member 902 to the front end tapering manner. 由此,在将第一压入销871插入到第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891时,突起部件902的下部能顺利地插入,而不会卡在第一圆筒部件861的顶表面。 Thus, when the first insertion pin 871 is inserted into the cylindrical hole 891 of the first cylindrical member 861, the projection 902 of the lower part can be smoothly inserted without the card at the top of the first cylindrical member 861 surface. 对于第一压入销871和第一圆筒部件861的嵌合,在后文中详细说明。 For the first insertion pin 871 and the first cylindrical member 861 is fitted, described in detail later.

[0283] 接着,对设在顶壳311上的第二受按压部398进行说明。 [0283] Next, the case 311 is located on the top of the second section 398 will be explained by pressing. 带盒30具有在带式打印装置1的打印动作时被旋转驱动的可动部件。 When the tape cassette 30 has a printing operation with a printing device 1 is driven to rotate the movable member. 带盒30的可动部件为在带式打印装置1的打印动作时容易发生振动的部位。 Vibration-prone parts of the tape cassette 30 when the movable member is a printing operation in the tape printing device 1. 在本实施方式中,可动部件为带驱动辊46及墨带卷取卷轴44。 In the present embodiment, the movable member is a belt drive roller 46 and the ribbon take-up spool 44. 因此,如图19及图M所示,在接近墨带卷取卷轴44的位置,设置上述的第一受按压部393。 Thus, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG M, at a position near the ribbon take-up spool 44 that is disposed above the first pressing portion 393. 并且,在接近带驱动辊46的位置再设置一个作为受按压部的第二受按压部398。 Further, at a position close to the belt drive roller 46 is then set by pressing one of the second portion 398 by the pressing portion. 第二受按压部398为在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8时,与设在带盒盖6上的周边按压部件914抵接,且从上方被周边按压部件914按压的部位。 By pressing the second portion 398 when the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the cassette cover 6 is provided on the periphery of the pressing member 914 abuts, from above and the peripheral portion of the pressing member 914 is pressed.

[0284] 第二受按压部398与第一受按压部391同样,是顶壁305的顶表面301朝下方凹陷而成的凹部,相当于位于带盒30的左前部的第四角部324的上部。 [0284] The second portion 398 that is pressed by the first pressing portion 391 Similarly, the top surface of the top wall 305 of the recess 301 downward from the recess, corresponds to the fourth cassette is located in the left front corner portion 30 of the 324 the upper part. 在第二受按压部398 的前侧(在图M中为下侧)与第二受按压部398接近地设有以旋转方式支撑带驱动辊46 的支撑孔64。 By pressing the front side of the second portion 398 (the lower side in FIG M) and the second pressing portion 398 that is in close proximity with the belt driving roller rotatably supported in the support hole 46 64. 第二受按压部398具有第四角部324的顶表面即平坦表面398A。 The second section 398 by pressing the fourth corner portion having a top surface 324 that is a flat surface 398A.

[0285] 在本实施方式中,第二接受部398的平坦表面398A和所述第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A在顶壳311的上下方向上的高度位置相同。 [0285] In the present embodiment, the second receiving portion flat surface 398A 398 and the first that is identical to the first upper flat surface 393A height position pressing portion 393 on the top 311 of the housing in the vertical direction. 因此,平坦表面398A及第一上侧平坦表面393A的高度位置,与容纳在盒壳31中的带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置在上下方向上的距离与带盒30的类型无关,S卩,即使带盒30的上下方向的高度不同,也是恒定的。 Thus, the flat surface 398A and the first upper flat surface 393A of the height position, the center position in the width direction of the tape 60 and the ink accommodated in the tape cassette case 31 in the vertical direction is independent of the distance and the type of the tape cassette 30, S Jie, even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction different heights, is constant.

[0286] 在俯视安装于盒容纳部分8中的带盒30的情况下,第一受按压部393和墨带卷取卷轴44前后排列,并且,带驱动辊46和第二受按压部398分别前后排列。 [0286] In the case of a plan installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette 30 by pressing the first portion 393 and a ribbon take-up spool 44 are arranged around, and with the drive roller 46 and the second pressing portion 398, respectively, by tandem. 因此,连接第一、 第二受按压部393、398的假想的第一直线Ll和连接可动部件即带驱动辊46及墨带卷取卷轴44的假想的第二直线L2交叉(参照图M所示的双点划线)。 Thus, the connection of the first, the first imaginary straight line by pressing a second portion 393,398 of Ll and connects the movable member that is 46 and the ink ribbon take-up spool 44 of the second imaginary straight line L2 intersect (see Fig belt drive roller M shown in two-dot chain line). 并且,插入在头插入部39 中的热头10位于第一直线Ll和第二直线L2交叉的假想的点P附近。 And, inserted in the head insertion portion 39 of the thermal head 10 is located in the first straight line Ll and the second virtual point of P near the straight line L2 intersect.

[0287] 对于带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8且关闭带盒盖6时的头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914对第一、第二受按压部393、398的按压,在后文中进行详细说明。 [0287] For the tape cassette 30 is installed and the first and second pressing portion 393,398 by pressing the periphery pressing member 914 pairs of the cassette housing portion 8 and closed with a cover 6:00 of the head pressing member 7, carried out later in detail.

[0288] 接着,对顶壳311中的构成臂部34的部分进行详细说明。 [0288] Next, the parts of the arm 34 of the top case 311 will be described in detail. 如图19所示,顶壳311 的构成臂部34的部分包括分别与底壳312的下臂前壁352及下臂后表面壁372对应的上臂前壁351及上臂后表面壁371。 As shown in Figure 19, the arm portion 34 constituting part of the top case and the bottom case 311 includes a lower arm 312, respectively, of the lower arm front wall 352 and rear wall surface 372 corresponding to the upper arm front wall 351 and the rear surface wall 371 of the upper arm. 因此,上臂前壁351比上臂后表面壁371的高度高。 Thus, the front wall of the upper arm 351 is higher than the surface of the wall height of 371 upper arm. 在顶壁305上,在与设在底壳312的臂部34内的分离壁33对应的位置,设有形状与分离壁33 的俯视形状相同的嵌合孔331。 On the top wall 305, and provided in the bottom case 312 in the arm portion 34 of the separating wall 33 corresponds to the position, the shape of the separation wall with the same plan view shape of the fitting hole 331 33. 当顶壳311和底壳312接合时,分离壁33与嵌合孔331嵌 When the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 engages the separating wall 33 and the fitting hole 331 inlay

I=IO I = IO

[0289] 在构成顶壳311的臂部34的部分,带的供给路径位于上臂前壁351和嵌合孔331 之间。 [0289] In the portion of the arm portion 34 constituting the top case 311, it is located between the supply channel with the fitting hole 331 of the upper arm 351 and the front wall. 另一方面,墨带60的供给路径位于嵌合孔331和上臂后表面壁371之间。 On the other hand, the ink ribbon feed path 60 is located between the fitting hole 331 and the rear surface of the wall 371 of the upper arm. 因此,在这些供给路径上,设有限制带、墨带60朝上方移动的限制片。 Therefore, in these supply paths with restriction zone, limiting the ink ribbon sheet 60 upwardly mobile.

[0290] 如图25所示,关于带的供给路径,在嵌合孔331的左端部的右侧设有第一带上调节部381A。 [0290] As shown in Figure 25, with respect to the tape feed path, to the right of the left end portion of the fitting hole 331 is provided with a first tape regulating portion 381A. 并且,与嵌合孔331的右端部连接地设有第一带上调节部382A。 And, with the right end portion of the fitting hole 331 is connected to the first tape regulating portion provided 382A. 第一带上调节部381A、382A分别从顶壁305的下表面朝下方稍稍突出。 The first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A, respectively, from the lower surface of the top wall 305 is slightly protruding downward. 第一带上调节部381A从上臂前壁351朝后方延伸至嵌合孔331的近前。 The first tape regulating portion 381A of the front wall 351 extending rearward from the upper arm to near the fitting hole 331. 第一带上调节部382A从上臂前壁351朝后方延伸至嵌合孔331。 The first tape regulating portion 382A of the front wall 351 to the fitting hole 331 extending rearward from the upper arm. 第一带上调节部381A、382A分别限制带朝上方移动。 The first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A, respectively, with a limit upwardly mobile.

[0291] 另一方面,关于墨带60的供给路径,与嵌合孔331的左端部及右端部连接地分别设有限制墨带60朝上方移动的第一墨带上调节部386A、387A。 [0291] On the other hand, on the ribbon supply path 60, and the fitting hole 331 of the left end portion and a right end portion connected to the ink ribbon 60 are provided to limit upward movement of the first ink tape regulating portion 386A, 387A. 第一墨带上调节部386A、 387A分别从顶壁305的下表面朝下方稍稍突出。 The first ink ribbon regulating portions 386A, 387A, respectively, from the lower surface of the top wall 305 is slightly protruding downward. 第一墨带上调节部386A从嵌合孔331的左端部朝左斜后方延伸至上臂前壁371的左端部。 The first ink ribbon regulating portion 386A from the left end portion of the fitting hole 331 of the left oblique anterior wall of the left arm extended to the rear portion 371. 第一墨带上调节部387A从嵌合孔331 的右端部朝后方延伸至上臂后表面壁371。 The first ink ribbon regulating portion 387A extending from the right end portion of the fitting hole 331 rearward to the rear surface of the wall 371 of the upper arm.

[0292] 以上述的第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A为基准面,分别设定第一带上调节部381A、382A及第一墨带上调节部386A、387A在顶壳311的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0292] In the first of the 393 side of the first unit by pressing a flat surface 393A as the reference surface, are set first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A, and the first ink ribbon regulating portions 386A, 387A in the top shell height position in the vertical direction on the 311.

[0293] 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第一带上调节部381A、382A的突出端(下端)和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离。 [0293] More specifically, in accordance with the width adjusting unit sets the first tape 381A, 382A of the protruding end (lower end) and the first upper flat surface 393A in the vertical direction of the distance. 根据墨带60的宽度设定第一墨带上调节部386A、387A(下端)的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离。 The first ink set according to the width of the ink ribbon 60 tape regulating portions 386A, 387A (lower end) of the projecting end and the first upper flat surface 393A in the vertical direction of the distance. 这些调节部均处于臂部34内,第一上侧平坦表面393A处于头插入部39的上游侧端部附近。 These adjustments are within the arm portion 34, the first upper flat surface 393A in the vicinity of the head insertion portion 39 of the upstream-side end portion. 即,各调节部和作为基准面的第一上侧平坦表面393A处于彼此接近的位置。 That is, each adjusting unit and as a reference plane of the first upper flat surface 393A in a position close to each other.

[0294] 因此,以第一上侧平坦表面393A为基准面,能够提高各调节部的制造时的尺寸精度,提高带及墨带60的供给精度。 [0294] Thus, the first upper flat surface 393A as the reference surface, the dimensional accuracy can be improved when producing the respective adjusting portions, improving the feeding accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon 60. 臂部34处于由热头10(参照图5)进行打印的位置(开口77)的上游侧附近,因此通过提高臂部34内的带及墨带60的供给精度,还能提高打印精度。 Arm portion 34 in the vicinity of the upstream side by the thermal head 10 (see FIG. 5) for printing position (the opening 77), so that by increasing the tape and the ink ribbon inside the arm portion 34 of the feeding accuracy of 60, but also improve the printing accuracy. 在本实施方式中,除底壳312之外,在顶壳311上也设有这种调节部。 In the present embodiment, in addition to the bottom case 312, the top case 311 is also provided with such adjusting section. 因此,带及墨带60在上下方向上的移动被限制,因此供给精度、进而打印精度进一步提高。 Thus, the tape and the ink ribbon 60 is moved in the vertical direction is restricted, and therefore feeding accuracy, thereby further improving the printing accuracy. 并且,在制造之后,以第一上侧平坦表面393A为基准,能够容易进行各调节部的尺寸管理。 And, after manufacture, the first upper flat surface 393A as the reference, can be easily adjusted for each management unit size.

[0295] 并且,第一上侧平坦表面393A被设置成,从容纳在盒壳31中的带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置起在上下方向上相隔一定距离。 [0295] Further, the first upper flat surface 393A is set from the tape and the ink accommodated in the cartridge case 31 of the tape width direction from the center position 60 spaced in the vertical direction. 因此,相对于第一上侧平坦表面393A的上下方向位置,带及墨带60的上下方向位置进一步明确,带及墨带60的供给精度进一步提尚ο Therefore, with respect to the first upper flat surface 393A of the position in the vertical direction, the tape and the ink ribbon 60 in the vertical direction to further clarify the position of the tape and ribbon supply still further improve the accuracy of 60 ο

[0296] 接着,对顶壳311中的第一、第二角部321、322及构成带及墨带60的容纳区域的部分进行详细说明。 [0296] Next, the top case 311 first, 321, 322 and part of the second corner portion constituting the belt and the ink ribbon receiving area 60 will be described in detail. 如图M及图25所示,顶壳311包含第一角部321的顶表面即第二上侧平坦表面321A、及第二角部322的顶表面即第三上侧平坦表面322A。 As shown M and figure, the top case 311 contains 25 top surface of the first corner portion 321 that is 321A, and the top surface of the second corner portion 322 of the second upper flat surface that is third upper flat surface 322A. 第二上侧平坦表面321A及第三上侧平坦表面322A均为位于顶表面301的下方的平坦表面。 The second upper flat surface 321A and the third upper flat surface 322A are located beneath the top surface of the flat surface 301. 第二上侧平坦表面321A及第三上侧平坦表面322A在顶壳311和底壳312接合的情况下,位于与底壳312 的第三下侧平坦表面321B及第四下侧平坦表面322B上下相对的位置。 321A and third upper flat surface 322A in the case of the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 engaging, located in the lower side of the bottom case 312, the third side of the flat surface flat surface 321B and a fourth on the second side of the upper and lower flat surfaces 322B relative position.

[0297] 如图25所示,在第一角部321上设有朝下方突出的第三压入销873。 [0297] As shown in Figure 25, with a third protruding downward pressure in the first corner portion 321 into the pin 873. S卩,第三压入销873设在第二上侧平坦表面321A的铅直方向下方。 S Jie, third insertion pin 873 is provided in the second upper flat surface 321A vertically downward. 并且,在第二上侧平坦表面321A 上,第三压入销873设在与底壳312的第三下侧平坦表面321B上所设置的第三圆筒部件863(参照图20)对应的位置上。 Further, the second upper flat surface 321A, the third insertion pin 873 provided in the third cylindrical member 863 and the bottom case 312 on the third lower flat surface 321B are provided (see FIG. 20) corresponding to the position on. 第三压入销873的结构与上述的第一压入销871(参照图26)相同。 The third insertion pin 873 of the first structure and said insertion pin 871 (refer to FIG. 26) the same. 如上所述,通过第三圆筒部件863和第三压入销873嵌合,形成第三嵌合部883, 在后文中对其进行详细说明。 As described above, by the third cylindrical member 863 and the third insertion pin 873 is fitted, the third fitting portion 883 is formed, in the hereinafter be described in detail.

[0298] 在第二角部322上,设有朝下方突出的第四压入销874。 [0298] In the second corner portion 322 has downward projecting fourth insertion pin 874. S卩,第四压入销874设在第三上侧平坦表面322A的铅直方向下方。 S Jie, the fourth insertion pin 874 is provided in the third upper flat surface 322A vertically downward. 并且,在第三上侧平坦表面322A上,第四压入销874设在与底壳312的第四下侧平坦表面322B上所设置的第四圆筒部件864(参照图20) 对应的位置上。 Further, the third upper flat surface 322A, the fourth insertion pin 874 is provided in the bottom case and the fourth lower flat surface 322B 312 of the fourth set of the cylindrical member 864 (see FIG. 20) corresponding to the position on. 第四压入销874的结构也与上述的第一压入销871(参照图26)相同。 The fourth insertion pin 874 of the above-described structure of the first insertion pin 871 (refer to FIG. 26) the same. 如上所述,通过第四圆筒部件864和第四压入销874嵌合,形成第四嵌合部884,在后文中对其进行详细说明。 As described above, by the fourth cylindrical member 864 and the fourth insertion pin 874 is fitted, fourth fitting portion 884 is formed, in the hereinafter be described in detail.

[0299] 顶壳311的上下方向(高度方向)上,第二、第三上侧平坦表面321A、322A的位置与带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置之间的距离与带盒30的类型无关,即,即使带盒30的上下方向的高度不同,也是恒定的。 [0299] the vertical direction of the top case 311 (height direction), second, third upper flat surface position of the tape and the ink 321A, 322A tape type of the tape cassette 30 from the width direction between the center position 60 independent, i.e., even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction different heights, is constant. 因此,越是容纳的带及墨带60的宽度大的带盒30,从顶表面301到第二、第三上侧平坦表面321A、322A的距离越长。 Therefore, the tape and the ink more accommodating with large width tape cassette 60 of 30 from the top surface 301 to the second and third upper flat surface longer 321A, 322A distance.

[0300] 在本实施方式中,上述的第一上侧平坦表面393A和第二、第三上侧平坦表面321A、322A处于从带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置(在本实施方式中为盒壳31的上下方向中心位置)在上下方向上分离相同距离的位置。 [0300] In the present embodiment, the first side of said flat surface 393A and the second, third upper flat surface 321A, 322A in the width direction from the center position of the belt and the ink ribbon 60 (in the present embodiment is the cassette case 31 in the vertical direction center position) the same distance separating position in the vertical direction. 即,第一、第二、第三上侧平坦表面393A、 321A、322A在顶壳311中均处于相同的高度位置。 That is, the first, second, third upper flat surface 393A, 321A, 322A in the top case 311 are in the same height position. 第二、第三上侧平坦表面321A、322A用作限制带及墨带60朝上方移动的调节部的基准面。 Second, third upper flat surface 321A, tether belt and the ink ribbon 60 moves upwardly adjusting portion 322A is used as the reference plane.

[0301] 顶壳311包括:构成第一带区域400的部分即第一上带区域400A、构成第二带区域410的部分即第二上带区域410A、构成第一墨带区域420的部分即第一上墨带区域420A、及构成第二墨带区域440的部分即第二上墨带区域440A。 [0301] The top case 311 includes: parts of the first tape area 400, that is the first upper tape area 400A, constituting the second band area 410 which was a part of the second upper tape area 410A, constituting the first ribbon area that is part of the 420 The first upper ribbon area 420A, and constituting the second ribbon area 440 which was a part of the second upper ribbon area 440A.

[0302] 在第一上带区域400A上设有从顶壁305的下表面朝下方稍稍突出的突出部。 [0302] with a protrusion from the lower surface of the top wall 305 projecting downward slightly on the first upper tape area 400A. 更为详细地,在配置有第一带卷轴40的第一上带区域400A的中心位置设有环状突出部,从该位置有三根线状突出部以放射状延伸至第一上带区域400A的周边。 More specifically, a region in the center position is arranged with an annular protrusion 400A of the first on the first tape spool 40, from this position has three linear protrusions extending radially to the first upper tape area 400A of periphery. 将这些突出部称为第二带上调节部40A。 These protruding portions referred to as second tape regulating portion 40A. 第二带上调节部40A限制卷绕在第一带卷轴40上而配置于第一带区域400中的热敏纸带55、打印带57或双面胶带58(参照图7及图8)朝上方移动。 The second tape regulating portion 40A wound around the first limit tape spool 40 disposed within a first band area 400 in the heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57 or the double-sided adhesive tape 58 (refer to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8) toward upward.

[0303] 以邻接的第一角部321的第二上侧平坦表面321A为基准面,设定第二带上调节部40A在顶壳311的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0303] In a first corner portion on the second side 321 adjacent to the flat surface 321A as the reference surface, the second tape regulating portion 40A to set a height position in the vertical direction of the top case 311. 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第二带上调节部40A的突出端(下端)和第二上侧平坦表面321A在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, according to the width of the projecting end of the second set with the tape regulating portion 40A (lower end) and a second distance from the upper flat surface 321A in the vertical direction. 因此,以第二上侧平坦表面321A为基准面,能够提高制造第二带上调节部40A时的尺寸精度,在制造之后能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Thus, the second upper flat surface 321A as the reference surface, the second tape can be improved manufacturing dimensional precision adjustment portion 40A when, after manufacture can be easily managed size.

[0304] 在本实施方式中,第二带上调节部40A的突出端和第二上侧平坦表面321A之间的距离、与第一带上调节部381A、382A的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0304] In the present embodiment, the distance the projecting end of the second tape regulating portion 40A and the second upper flat surface 321A between the protruding end of the first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A and the first upper flat surface 393A at the same distance in the vertical direction. 即,设在第一上带区域400A中的第二带上调节部40A的高度位置和设在臂部34 内的第一带上调节部381A、382A相同。 That is, the same as 381A, 382A height position 40A and the first tape regulating portion provided in the arm portion 34 provided on the first upper tape area 400A of the second belt adjustment portion.

[0305] 因此,在各调节部,带朝上方的移动被限制,带在上下方向上被恰当地定位被供给。 [0305] Thus, in the regulation of the Ministry of upwardly moving belt is limited with in the vertical direction is appropriately positioned to be supplied. 在图7及图8所示的接收器式、热式带盒30的情况下,从第一带区域400到臂部34,打印带57或热敏纸带55相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地供给。 In the receiver type shown in Fig. 7 and 8, the thermal type tape cassette 30 from the first tape area 400 to the arm 34, the print tape 57 or the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 with respect to the width direction of the center line parallel and supplied with high accuracy. 在图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30的情况下,在臂部34中,薄膜带59相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地供给。 Figures 5 and 6 in the lower stacked cassette case 30 as shown, in the arm portion 34, the film tape 59 with respect to the width direction parallel to the center line and accurately supplied. 并且,双面胶带58和薄膜带59在上下方向位置一致的状态下被高精度地供给。 Also, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 and the film tape 59 at the same position in the vertical direction is accurately fed state.

[0306] 在第二带区域410A上,与第一带区域400A同样,设有从顶壁305的下表面稍稍朝下方突出的突出部。 [0306] In the second tape area 410A, the same with the projections from the lower surface of the top wall 305 is slightly protruding downward from the first tape area 400A. 更为详细地,在配置有第二带卷轴41的第二上带区域410A的中心位置设有环状突出部,从该位置有八根线状突出部以放射状延伸至第二上带区域410A的周边。 In more detail, in the center of the second tape 410A disposed on the second tape spool 41 is provided with an annular projection region portion, has eight linear protrusion extends radially to the second upper tape area 410A from the position The perimeter. 将这些突出部称为第三带上调节部41A。 These protrusions called third tape regulating portion 41A. 第三带上调节部41A限制卷绕在第二带卷轴41上而配置于第二带区域410中的薄膜带59 (参照图5及图6)朝上方移动。 The third tape regulating portion 41A is wound on the second restriction tape spool 41 disposed on the second tape area 410 in the film tape 59 (refer to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6) to move upward.

[0307] 以邻接的第二角部322的第三上侧平坦表面322A为基准面,设定第三带上调节部41A在顶壳311的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0307] In the third corner portion adjacent to the second side 322 of the flat surface 322A as the reference surface, the third tape regulating portion 41A to set a height position in the vertical direction of the top case 311. 更为详细地,根据带的宽度设定第三带上调节部41A的突出端(下端)和第三上侧平坦表面322A在上下方向上的距离。 More specifically, according to the width of the tape set protruding end (lower end) of the third tape regulating portion 41A and the third upper flat surface 322A in the vertical direction of the distance. 因此,能够以第三上侧平坦表面322A为基准面,提高制造第三带上调节部41A时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,容易进行尺寸管理。 Accordingly, the third upper flat surface 322A as the reference surface, to improve the manufacturing dimensional precision third tape regulating portion 41A when, after manufacture, a dimensional control easily.

[0308] 在本实施方式中,第三带上调节部41A的突出端和第三上侧平坦表面322A的距离,与第一带上调节部381A、382A的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离及第二带上调节部40A的突出端和第二上侧平坦表面321A在上下方向上的距离相同。 [0308] In the present embodiment, the distance the projecting end of the third tape regulating portion 41A and the third upper flat surface 322A of the first tape regulating portions 381A, 382A and the projecting end of the first upper flat surface 393A in the vertical direction from the protruding end and a second tape regulating portion 40A and the second upper flat surface 321A distance in the vertical direction of the same. 艮口, 设在第二上带区域410A中的第三带上调节部41A的高度位置,与设在臂部34内的第一带上调节部381A、382A及设在第一上带区域400A中的第二带上调节部40A相同。 Gen mouth height position provided in the second upper tape area 410A of the third tape regulating portion 41A of the arm portion 34 provided in the first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A and provided on the first upper tape area 400A the same as the second belt adjusting portion 40A. [0309] 因此,在各调节部,带的朝上方移动被限制,带在上下方向上被恰当地定位并供给。 [0309] Thus, in the adjustment portion with the upward move is restricted with in the vertical direction are properly positioned and fed. 在图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30的情况下,从第二带区域410到臂部34,薄膜带59 相对于带的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地供给。 By cascading the tape cassette case 30 in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the second tape area 410 to the arm portion 34, the film tape 59 with respect to the width direction parallel to the center line and accurately supplied. 并且,双面胶带58和薄膜带59在上下方向位置一致的状态下被高精度地供给。 Also, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 and the film tape 59 at the same position in the vertical direction is accurately fed state.

[0310] 在第一上墨带区域420A上设有从顶壁305的下表面稍稍朝下方突出的突出部。 [0310] with a protrusion from the lower surface of the top wall 305 projecting downward slightly on the first upper ribbon area 420A. 更为详细地,在配置有墨带卷轴42的第一上墨带区域420A的中心位置上设置的环状的突出部被称为第二墨带上调节部42A。 More specifically, an annular projection portion 420A in the center of the ribbon spool disposed on a first region 42 on the ink ribbon set is referred to as a second ink ribbon regulating portion 42A. 第二墨带上调节部42A限制卷绕在墨带卷轴42上而配置于第一墨带区域420中的未使用的墨带60 (参照图5至图7)朝上方移动。 A second ink ribbon regulating portion 42A to limit the ribbon spool wound on 42 arranged on the ink ribbon 60 in the first ribbon area 420 are not used (see Fig. 5 to 7) to move upward.

[0311] 以邻接的第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A为基准面,设定第二墨带上调节部42A在顶壳311的上下方向上的高度位置。 [0311] In the first on the side of the first 393 pressed against a flat abutment surface 393A as the reference surface, set the ink ribbon regulating portion 42A of the second height position in the vertical direction on the top case 311. 更为详细地,根据墨带60的宽度设定第二墨带上调节部42A的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离。 In more detail, the second set ink ribbon regulating portion 42A and the projecting ends of the first upper flat surface 393A in the vertical direction of the distance according to the width of the ink ribbon 60. 因此,能够以第一上侧平坦表面393A为基准面,提高制造第二墨带上调节部42A时的尺寸精度,在制造之后,能够容易进行尺寸管理。 Accordingly, the first upper flat surface 393A as the reference surface, to improve the manufacturing dimensional precision of the second ink ribbon regulating portion 42A when, after manufacture, the dimensional control can be easily performed.

[0312] 在本实施方式中,第二墨带上调节部42A的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A的距离、与第一墨带上调节部386A、387A的突出端和第一上侧平坦表面393A在上下方向上的距离相同。 And the projecting end of the first [0312] In the present embodiment, the second end projecting from the ink ribbon 42A and the first upper flat surface 393A of the adjusting portion, and the first ink ribbon regulating portions 386A, 387A of the side flat surface 393A at the same distance in the vertical direction. 即,设在第一上墨带区域420A中的第二墨带上调节部42A的高度位置与设在臂部34内的第一墨带上调节部386A、387A相同。 That is, provided the first upper ribbon area 420A of the second ink ribbon to adjust the height position of section 42A of the first ink provided in the arm portion 34 of the belt adjustment section 386A, 387A identical.

[0313] 因此,在各调节部,墨带60的朝上方的移动被限制,在上下方向上被恰当地定位, 因此从第一墨带区域420到臂部34,墨带60相对于墨带60的宽度方向中心线平行且高精度地供给。 [0313] Thus, in the regulating portion, the ink ribbon 60 is restricted to move towards the top, it is properly positioned in the vertical direction, from the first ribbon area 420 to the arm portion 34, the ink ribbon 60 with respect to the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction parallel to the center line and accurately supplied.

[0314] 以下,参照图27至图29,对本实施方式的带盒30的顶壳311和底壳312的接合方法进行说明。 [0314] Referring now to Fig. 27 to 29, the present embodiment of the cassette shell 30 of the top 311 and the bottom case 312 bonding method will be described. 其中,图27至图四表示第一圆筒部件861和第一压入销871的嵌合状态, 但是第二至第四圆筒部件862至864和第二至第四压入销872至874的嵌合状态也与其相同。 Among them, the chimeric state 27 to four shows a first cylindrical member 861 and the first insertion pin 871, but the second to fourth cylindrical member 862-864 and the second to fourth insertion pin 872-874 chimeric state is also associated with the same.

[0315] 在底壳312和顶壳311接合的情况下,首先,如图27所示,第一压入销871的支柱前端部903插进第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891。 [0315] In the case of joining the top case 311 and the bottom case 312, first, as shown in Figure 27, the first insertion pin 871 of the front end portion of the pillar 903 is inserted into the cylindrical hole 891 of the first cylindrical member 861. 如上所述,支柱前端部903的前端直径比圆筒孔部891的直径小。 As described above, the front end portion of the front end of the pillar 903 is smaller than the diameter of the cylindrical portion 891 of the hole diameter. 并且,圆筒孔部891的上端的开口宽度较宽。 Further, the opening width of the upper end of the cylindrical hole 891 is wider. 因此,支柱前端部903被顺利地引入圆筒孔部891内。 Thus, the front end portion 903 is introduced into the pillar smoothly inner cylindrical hole 891. 并且,支柱部901沿着圆筒孔部891插入。 Further, the pillar portion 901 is inserted along the cylindrical hole 891.

[0316] 接着,当第一压入销871进一步插入第一圆筒部件861的圆筒孔部891时,如图观所示,突起部件902开始插进圆筒孔部891。 [0316] Next, when the first insertion pin 871 is further inserted into the cylindrical hole 891 of the first cylindrical member 861, as shown in FIG concept, the projection member 902 is inserted into the cylindrical hole portion 891 starts. 如上所述,突起部件902的前端较细。 As described above, the front end of the projection member 902 thin. 并且,圆筒孔部891的上端的开口宽度较宽。 Further, the opening width of the upper end of the cylindrical hole 891 is wider. 因此,突起部件902的下部被顺利地插入,而不会卡在第一圆筒部件861的顶表面。 Thus, the projections 902 of the lower part is smoothly inserted without the card on the top surface 861 of the first cylindrical member.

[0317] 包含突起部件902的第一压入销871的直径比圆筒孔部891的直径大。 [0317] The first pressing member 902 comprises protruding pins 871 into a diameter larger than the diameter of the cylindrical bore portion 891. 因此,第一压入销871以突起部件902被第一圆筒部件861压溃并插进圆筒孔部891中。 Thus, the first insertion pin 871 projecting member 902 is in the first cylindrical member 861 and the crushed portion 891 is inserted into the cylindrical hole. 随着第一压入销871插进圆筒孔部891,第一圆筒部件861被突起部件902按压而朝外侧扩张。 As the first insertion pin 871 is inserted into the cylindrical hole 891, the first cylindrical member 861 projecting member 902 is pressed outward expansion.

[0318] 当第一压入销871进一步插入圆筒孔部891时,如图四所示,第一圆筒部件861 的顶表面与支柱部901的基部所连接的第一受按压部393的圆柱部接触。 [0318] When the first insertion pin 871 is further inserted into the cylindrical hole 891, shown in Figure IV, the first by pressing the top surface of the first cylindrical member and the strut portion 901 is connected to the base 861 of 393 contact with the cylindrical portion. 由此,完成第一压入销871朝向圆筒孔部891的插入。 Thus, to complete the first insertion pin 871 toward the cylindrical portion 891 is inserted into the hole. 此时,突起部件902被第一圆筒部件861压溃,第一圆筒部件861因突起部件902的按压而朝外侧扩张。 At this time, a first projection member 902 is a cylindrical member 861 crushed by the first cylindrical member 861 and the projections of the pressing member 902 outward expansion. 如此,通过将第一压入销871以加压方式插入第一圆筒部件861中,第一圆筒部件861和第一压入销871牢固地嵌合。 Thus, by the first insertion pin 871 press-inserted into the first cylindrical member 861, the first cylindrical member 861 and the first insertion pin 871 is firmly fitted. 由此,形成第一嵌合部881。 Thus, a first fitting portion 881 is formed.

[0319] 同样,第二至第四压入销872至874分别插入第二至第四圆筒部件862至864中, 从而形成第二至第四嵌合部882至884(参照图20)。 [0319] Similarly, the second to fourth insertion pins 872 to 874 are inserted into the second to fourth cylindrical member 862 to 864, thereby forming the second to fourth fitting portions 882 to 884 (see FIG. 20). 通过第一至第四嵌合部881至884, 接合底壳312和顶壳311。 Through the first to fourth fitting portions 881-884, joining the top case and the bottom case 312 311.

[0320] 第一嵌合部881设在作为基准面的第一下侧平坦表面391B的铅直方向上方且第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一上侧平坦表面393A之间。 [0320] The first fitting portion 881 provided at a lower side of the first planar datum surface 391B in the vertical direction between the upper side and the first lower flat surface 391B and the first upper flat surface 393A. 并且,通过第一嵌合部881,顶壳311 和底壳312恰当地接合。 Further, by the first fitting portion 881, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 to properly engage. 因此,作为基准面的第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一上侧平坦表面393A分别被保持在上下方向的恰当的位置。 Therefore, as 391B and the first upper flat surface of the flat surface of the first side 393A under the reference plane were held in the proper position in the vertical direction. 因此,恰当地保持了设在第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一上侧平坦表面393A附近的第一带下调节部381B、382B、分离壁调节部383、第一墨带下调节部386B、387B、第三墨带下调节部42B、第一带上调节部381A、382A、及第一墨带上调节部386A、387A的各调节部的位置。 Thus, properly maintained and 391B provided in the first adjusting portion 393A taken off near the first upper flat surface side of the first lower flat surface 381B, 382B, the separating wall regulating portion 383, a first lower ribbon regulating portion 386B, 387B, 381A, 382A, and the first ink third lower ribbon regulating portion 42B, a first band belt adjusting portion adjusting portion 386A, the position of each adjusting portion 387A. 因此,提高了带及墨带60的供给精度。 Therefore, improving the accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon supply 60. 因此,还能提高打印精度。 Therefore, but also improve the printing accuracy.

[0321] 第二嵌合部882设在作为基准面的第二下侧平坦表面392B的铅直方向上方。 [0321] The second fitting portion 882 provided at a lower side of the reference plane of the second planar surface 392B of the upper vertical direction. 并且,通过第二嵌合部882,顶壳311和底壳312恰当地接合。 Further, by the second fitting portion 882, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 to properly engage. 因此,恰当地保持了设在第二嵌合部882附近的第二带下调节部363和第二墨带下调节部388B的位置。 Therefore, properly maintained located in the vicinity of the second fitting portion 882 of second lower tape regulating portion 363 and the second lower ribbon regulating portion 388B position. 并且,更恰当地保持了左右方向上设置于第一嵌合部881和第二嵌合部882之间的第一带下调节部381B、 382B、分离壁调节部383、第一墨带下调节部386B、387B、第一带上调节部381A、382A、及第一墨带上调节部386A、387A的各调节部的位置。 And, more appropriately maintained taken off regulating portion disposed on the first fitting portion 881 of the first and second fitting portion 882 between the left and right direction 381B, 382B, the separating wall regulating portion 383, the first lower ribbon regulating section 386B, 387B, the first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A, and the first ink ribbon adjusting the position adjusting portion 387A of each section 386A. 因此,提高了带及墨带60的供给精度。 Therefore, improving the accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon supply 60. 因此,还提高了打印精度。 Thus, also improved printing accuracy.

[0322] 第三嵌合部883设在第三下侧平坦表面321B的铅直方向上方且第三下侧平坦表面321B和第二上侧平坦表面321A之间。 [0322] The third fitting portion 883 provided on the side of the third lower flat surface 321B of the upper vertical direction and the side surface of the third lower flat between 321B and the second upper flat surface 321A. 并且,通过第三嵌合部883,顶壳311和底壳312 恰当地接合。 Further, by the third fitting portion 883, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 to properly engage. 因此,第三下侧平坦表面321B和第二上侧平坦表面321A被保持在恰当的位置。 Therefore, the side flat surface 321B and a second upper third lower flat surface 321A is maintained in proper position. 从而,恰当地保持了设在第三下侧平坦表面321B和第二上侧平坦表面321A附近的第三带下调节部40B和第二带上调节部40A的高度位置。 Thus, maintaining the proper height position located in the vicinity of the third lower flat surface 321B and the second upper flat surface 321A of the third lower tape regulating portion 40B and the second tape regulating portion 40A. 因此,提高了带的供给精度。 Therefore, improving the accuracy of the tape supply. 因此, 还提高了打印精度。 Thus, also improved printing accuracy.

[0323] 第四嵌合部884设在第四下侧平坦表面322B的铅直方向上方且第四下侧平坦表面322B和第三上侧平坦表面322A之间。 [0323] The fourth fitting portion 884 provided on the flat surface of the fourth side 322B of the lower vertical direction between the upper and lower side of the flat surface 322B fourth and third upper flat surface 322A. 并且,通过第四嵌合部884,顶壳311和底壳312 恰当地接合。 Further, by the fourth fitting portion 884, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 to properly engage. 因此,第四下侧平坦表面322B和第三上侧平坦表面322A被保持在恰当的位置。 Thus, the fourth lower flat surfaces 322B and a third upper flat surface 322A is maintained in proper position. 从而,恰当地保持了设在第四下侧平坦表面322B和第三上侧平坦表面322A附近的第四带下调节部41B和第三带上调节部41A的高度位置。 Thus, maintaining the proper height position located in the vicinity of the fourth lower flat surfaces 322B and a third upper flat surface 322A of the fourth lower tape regulating portion 41B and 41A of the third belt adjustment portion. 因此,提高了带的供给精度。 Therefore, improving the accuracy of the tape supply. 因此, 还提高了打印精度。 Thus, also improved printing accuracy.

[0324] 在本实施方式中,第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B均处于底壳312中的相同的高度位置。 [0324] In the present embodiment, the first to fourth lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B are at the same height position in the bottom case 312. 在顶壳311和底壳312接合时,作为基准面的第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B置于夹具的放置面。 When the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 engage, as a side surface of the first to fourth lower flat reference surface 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B placed on the mounting surface of the jig. 之后,顶壳311被朝下方按压,由此,通过第一至第四嵌合部881、882、883、884,顶壳311和底壳312接合。 After that, the top case 311 is pressed downward, thus, through the first to fourth fitting portions 881,882,883,884, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 engaged. 优选的是,在夹具中,与第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B接触的放置面的上下方向的尺寸准确地与第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B的尺寸对应。 Preferably, in the fixture, with the side of the first to fourth lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B of the size of the contact surface is placed accurately in the vertical direction of the first to fourth lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B of the corresponding size.

[0325] 在本实施方式中,第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B的高度位置设定成相同的高度。 [0325] In the present embodiment, the first to fourth lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, the height position 321B, 322B are set to the same height. 因此,在夹具中,放置了第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B 的放置面被设定在相同的高度位置。 Thus, in a fixture, placing the side surfaces of the first to fourth lower flat 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B of the mounting surface is set at the same height position. 在制作夹具的放置面时,制作成相同高度的情况比制作成不同高度的情况,能够以准确的尺寸制作。 When placed side making jig, made into the same height of the production to a different height than the situation can be accurately sized. 因此,夹具的放置面的上下方向的尺寸与第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B的尺寸准确地对应。 Therefore, the size of the mounting surface of the jig in the vertical direction of the side surfaces of the first to fourth lower flat 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B of the size of the corresponding accurately.

[0326] 因此,通过第一至第四嵌合部881、882、883、884,顶壳311和底壳312准确地接合。 [0326] Thus, through the first to fourth fitting portions 881,882,883,884, the top case 311 and the bottom case 312 accurately engaged. 由此,第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、392B、321B、322B和第一至第三上侧平坦表面393A、 321A、322A被保持在恰当的位置。 Thus, the side surfaces of the first to fourth lower flat 391B, 392B, 321B, 322B and the first to third upper flat surfaces 393A, 321A, 322A is maintained in the proper position. 因此,恰当地保持了与第一至第四下侧平坦表面391B、 392B、321B、322B和第一至第三上侧平坦表面393A、321A、322A接近的位置上所设置的各调节部的位置,提高了带及墨带60的供给精度。 Therefore, properly maintained, 392B, the position of each adjustment portion close to the position set on the side of the first to fourth lower flat surface 391B 321B, 322B and the first to third upper flat surface 393A, 321A, 322A improved feeding accuracy of the tape and the ink ribbon 60. 因此,还提高了打印精度。 Thus, also improved printing accuracy.

[0327] 以下,对本实施方式的带盒30安装到带式打印装置1时的带盒30和带式打印装置1的作用进行说明。 [0327] In the following, the present embodiment the tape cassette 30 installed in the tape printer 1 when the tape cassette 30 and the tape printer 1 will be described role.

[0328] 首先,对带盒30的安装状态进行说明。 [0328] First, the mounted state of the tape cassette 30 will be described. 在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下, 带盒30以带盒30的底表面302与空腔811的底表面相对的方式从上方垂直地嵌入。 In the case of the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the tape cassette 30 to the bottom surface 30 of the tape cassette 811 and the bottom surface of the cavity 302 is embedded opposite manner perpendicularly from above. 如图4所示,从空腔811的底表面(未图示)突出有头保持器74、墨带卷取轴95及带驱动轴100。 4, from the bottom surface (not shown) of the cavity 811 of the head holder 74 protrudes, ribbon take-up shaft 95 and the tape drive shaft 100. 因此,用户在其上分别插入头插入部39、墨带卷取卷轴44及带驱动辊46的轴孔并嵌入带盒30。 Therefore, users insert their head insertion portion 39, respectively, ribbon take-up spool 44 and the belt drive roller shaft hole 46 and embedded in the tape cassette 30.

[0329] 如上所述,在头保持器74的右端部和左端部分别设有第一支撑部741和第二支撑部742。 [0329] As described above, in the head holding right and left end portions 74 are respectively provided with a first supporting portion 741 and the second supporting portion 742. 并且,在带盒30的相应位置,具体地,在底壳312的头插入部39的带供给方向上游侧端部附近及下游侧端部附近的头插入部39的外周上,设有第一受支撑部391和第二受支撑部392。 Further, in the tape cassette 30 corresponding to the position of, in particular, in the bottom case 312 is supplied with a head insertion portion near the upstream-side and downstream-side end portion of the vicinity of the end portion 39 of the head insertion portion 39 on the outer periphery, provided with a first by the support portion 391 and the second by the support portion 392. 在顶壳311的墨带卷取卷轴44的支撑孔68的前侧且头插入部39的上游侧外周上,设有第一受按压部393。 On the front side of the top case 311 ribbon take-up spool support hole 44 of 68 and the upstream side of the head insertion portion 39 on the outer periphery, with a first portion 393 by pressing. 在顶壳311的带驱动辊46的支撑孔64的后侧且左端部的第四角部324的上部设有第二受按压部398。 In the top case 311 tape drive roller 46 of the upper portion of the support hole 64 of the rear side and the left end portion of the fourth corner portion 324 is provided with a second portion 398 by pressing.

[0330] 当用户将带盒30朝下方压入时,如图30所示,从底表面302向上凹陷的凹部即第一受支撑部391的顶壁部分,更为详细地,第一下侧平坦表面391B与设在头保持器74的头固定部744上的第一支撑部741抵接,从而朝下方的进一步移动被限制。 [0330] When the user cassette 30 is pushed in downward, shown in Figure 30, the recess from the bottom surface 302 that is recessed upward by the top wall of the first portion of the support portion 391, in more detail, the first lower flat surface 391B and is provided in the first holding of the first support portion 741 abuts first fixed portion 74 of the 744, which is restricted to move further towards the bottom. 并且,如图31所示,从底表面302向上凹陷的凹部即第二受支撑部392的顶壁部分,更为详细地,第二下侧平坦表面392B与设在头保持器74的头固定部744上的第二支撑部742抵接,从而朝下方的进一步移动被限制。 Further, as shown in FIG. 31, upwardly from the recess 302 of the bottom surface of the recess, i.e. the second portion of the support by the top wall portion 392, in more detail, the second lower flat surface 392B holding head 74 provided with fixed head The second supporting portion 742 on the portion 744 abuts, thereby limiting further movement toward the bottom. 即,带盒30通过热头10的上下方向中心位置的基准即带盒支撑部741、742,维持作为基准面的第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B被从下方支撑的状态。 That is, the center position in the vertical direction 30 by the thermal head 10 of the tape cassette that is a reference tape cassette supporting portions 741 and 742, to maintain the reference plane as the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B are supported from underneath state.

[0331] 当为了打印而关闭带盒盖6时,头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914(参照图3) 分别与第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A及第二受按压部398的平坦表面398A 抵接,从上方按压带盒30。 [0331] In order to print when the cassette cover 6 is closed, the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914 (see FIG. 3), respectively, by a first side 393 of the first upper flat surface 393A and the second pressing portion that is pressed the flat surface portion 398 398A abuts the tape cassette 30 is pressed from the top. 如图1及图2所示,带盒盖6被轴支撑在带式打印装置1的背面上方的左右两端部。 As shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, the cassette cover 6 is pivotally supported at both ends on the back of the tape printing apparatus 1 of the above. 因此,在关闭带盒盖6的情况下,头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914的前端不是在垂直方向上接近安装的带盒30的顶表面301,而是以锐角从后方朝向前方接近。 Thus, in the case of the cassette cover 6 is closed, the head pressing member 7 and the periphery of the front end of the pressing member 914 is not installed in the vertical direction near the top surface 301 of the cassette 30, but at an acute angle from the rear toward the front approaching.

[0332] 设在第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A后方的倾斜部394 (参照图24) 具有在头部按压部件7接近第一上侧平坦表面393A时防止干扰的避让部的作用。 [0332] by pressing portion provided on the first side of the first upper flat surface 393A 393 rear inclined portion 394 (see Fig. 24) has to prevent interference in the head pressing member 7 near the first upper flat surface 393A relief portion role. 在本实施方式中,只在第一受按压部391上设置了倾斜部394,但还可以在第二受按压部398的后方设置与倾斜部394相同的避让部。 In the present embodiment, the inclined portion 394 is provided only on the first press receiving portion 391, but may also be provided with the same relief portion inclined portion 394 that is rearward of the second pressing portion 398. [0333] 如此,根据本实施方式的带式打印装置1及带盒30,能够在接近对打印介质即带(热敏纸带55、打印带57、薄膜带59中的任意一种)进行打印的热头10的位置,准确地进行上下方向的定位。 [0333] Thus, according to the present embodiment, the tape printing apparatus 1 and the tape cassette 30 can be in proximity to the tape that is the print medium (heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, the film tape 59 in any of a) printing the position of the thermal head 10, accurately positioned in the vertical direction. 并且,能够使热头10在上下方向上的打印中心位置和带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置高精度地一致。 And, enabling the thermal print head 10 and with a central location and the ink in the vertical direction with the width direction of the center position 60 is matched with high accuracy. 因此,提高了带上的打印质量。 Therefore, to improve the print quality tape.

[0334] 尤其,在作为打印介质的薄膜带59的供给方向上,本实施方式的带盒30相对于热头10的插入位置,更为详细地,相对于打印位置即加热元件列IOA的位置,在上游侧和下游侧的两侧受到支撑。 [0334] In particular, in the feeding direction of the film tape as the printing medium 59 of the present embodiment, the tape cassette 30 with respect to the insertion position of the thermal head 10, more specifically, with respect to the printing position, i.e. the position of the heating element column IOA , on both sides of the upstream side and the downstream side is supported. 因此,能够将带及墨带60的供给方向与热头10的配置方向(上下方向)成直角地高精度地位置。 Accordingly, the tape and the ink ribbon feeding direction of the thermal head arrangement direction (vertical direction) 60 10 at right angles to accurately position. 其结果,带及墨带60的行进变得稳定,并且能够更高精度地维持上下方向的打印中心位置和带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置。 As a result, the tape and the ink ribbon traveling 60 becomes stable, and can be more accurately maintain print center position in the vertical direction of the tape and the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction of the center position.

[0335] 并且,带盒30在被安装到盒容纳部分8时,由角支撑部812从下方支撑第一至第四角部321至324。 [0335] Further, when the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the corner support portion 812 supports from below the first to fourth corner portions 321 to 324. 即,除第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B之外,作为同样的基准面的第三、第四下侧平坦表面321B、322B也受支撑。 That is, in addition to the first and second lower flat surfaces 391B, 392B, the same plane as the third, fourth lower flat surfaces 321B, 322B also by the support. 因此,例如在盒壳31上发生翘曲等变形的情况下,处于多个位置的基准面分别从下方支撑带式打印装置1,因此高度位置得到校正。 Thus, for example, occur in the case of the cassette case 31 deformation such as warpage, at a plurality of positions of the support plane, respectively, from below the tape printing apparatus 1, and therefore the height position is corrected. 因此,能够良好地维持带、墨带60的行进性能及打印位置精度。 Therefore, it is possible to maintain a good belt, an ink ribbon traveling performance and accuracy of the print position 60.

[0336] 并且,本实施方式的带盒30在被安装到盒容纳部分8中且关闭带盒盖6时,设在与墨带卷取卷轴44接近的位置上的第一受按压部393从上方被头部按压部件7按压。 [0336] Furthermore, the present embodiment 30 when the tape cassette is mounted to the cartridge housing portion 8 and closed with a cover 6, located in the ribbon take-up spool 44 close to the first position by the pressing portion 393 from above the head pressing member 7 is pressed. 因此,由墨带卷取轴95旋转驱动的墨带卷取卷轴44的振动得到抑制。 Therefore, the vibration of the ink ribbon take-up shaft 95 by the rotational driving of the ribbon take-up spool 44 is suppressed. 并且,设在与带驱动辊46接近的位置上的第二受按压部398从上方被周边按压部件914按压。 Further, provided at a position close to the belt drive roller 46 on the second pressing part 398 from above by the periphery pressing member 914 is pressed. 因此,由带驱动轴100旋转驱动的带驱动辊46的振动得到抑制。 Thus, the drive shaft 100 is rotated with the drive roller 46 with the vibration can be suppressed.

[0337] 在本实施方式中,在插进头插入部39中的热头10的上游侧及下游侧,带盒30受到按压,因此可动部件(墨带卷取卷轴44及带驱动辊46)的振动对热头10附近的影响得到抑制。 [0337] In this embodiment, the insert head into the upstream side and the downstream side of the portion 39 of the thermal head 10, the tape cassette 30 is depressed, and therefore the movable member (ribbon take-up spool 44 and the belt drive roller 46 ) Effect of vibration on nearby thermal head 10 is suppressed. 因此,在带式打印装置1进行打印动作时,在带盒30的可动部件上发生的振动减少,从而能够抑制由可动部件的振动引起的带行进不良、打印质量劣化等。 Thus, in the tape printing apparatus 1 for printing operation, the vibration of the tape cassette in the movable member 30 reduced, thereby suppressing the vibration caused by the movable member traveling with poor print quality deterioration.

[0338] 并且,带盒30的作为基准面的第一下侧平坦表面391B和第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A被头保持器74的第一支撑部741和头部按压部件7从上下夹持,从而成为被可靠地固定的状态。 [0338] Further, as a tape cassette 391B and the first upper flat surface by a first side surface of the first lower planar reference surface 393 of the pressing portion 393A by the first supporting portion 741 of the head holder 74 and the head 30 is pressed 7 from the upper and lower clamping member, making it is securely fixed. 并且,第四角部324的下表面和第二受按压部398的平坦表面398A被带盒支撑部812和周边按压部件914从上下夹持,从而成为被可靠地固定的状态。 Further, the flat surface of the lower surface of the fourth corner portion 324 and a second portion 398 by pressing the tape cartridge 398A by the pressing member 812 and the peripheral support portion 914 sandwiched from above and below, thus become securely fixed. 因此,在带式打印装置1进行打印动作时,在带盒30的可动部件上发生的振动进一步减少。 Thus, in the tape printing apparatus 1 for printing operation, vibration occurs on the tape cassette 30 of the movable member further reduced. 并且,能够限制在打印位置附近恰当地定位并安装之后的带盒30因可动部件的振动而朝上方移动(所谓浮起)。 And can be restricted properly positioned and installed near the print position after the tape cassette 30 due to vibration of the movable member is moved upward (so-called float). 其结果,能够高精度地维持热头10的上下方向的打印中心位置和薄膜带59的带宽方向中心位置,能够稳定地进行带的供给及打印。 As a result, it is possible to accurately maintain the vertical direction of the thermal printing head 10 and the width direction center position of the center position of the film tape 59 can be stably supplied tape and printing.

[0339] 在带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的状态下,如上所述,热头10位于第一直线Ll和第二直线L2(参照图24)交叉的点P附近。 [0339] In the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 in a state where, as described above, the thermal head 10 is located at the intersection point of the first straight line Ll and the second straight line L2 (refer to FIG. 24) P close. 即,安装在带式打印装置1上的带盒30以热头10的附近为中心,保持平衡地从上方受到按压。 That is, mounted on the tape printing device 1 on the tape cassette 30 to the vicinity of the center of the thermal head 10 to maintain a balance by pressing from above ground. 因此,带驱动辊46及墨带卷取卷轴44的振动进一步得到抑制,并且尤其能够稳定地保持带盒30相对于热头10的上下方向的位置。 Therefore, the vibration and the ink ribbon take-up spool 46 of the tape drive roller 44 is further suppressed, and in particular, to stably maintain the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction with respect to the thermal head 10 of the position.

[0340] 并且,周边按压部件911、912、913分别与第一、第二角部321、322的第二上侧平坦表面321A、第三上侧平坦表面322A及第三角部323的顶表面抵接并从上方进行按压。 [0340] Further, the periphery pressing members 911,912,913 are respectively first and second corner portions 321 and 322 on the second side of the flat surface 321A, the third upper flat surface 322A and the second triangular portion 323 abuts the top surface and then pressed from above. 艮口, 带盒30至少在三个部位上受到上下夹持。 Gen mouth, the tape cassette 30 by at least three parts of the upper and lower clamping. 将至少三个部位的点连接而围成的面的范围广, 因此带盒30被更可靠地固定。 The wide range of points of at least three parts of the connection enclosed surface, thus the tape cassette 30 is more reliably secured. 因此,例如在盒壳31上发生翘曲等变形的情况下,各基准面的高度位置得到可靠的校正。 Thus the case, for example, the upper cassette case 31 occurs deformation such as warpage, the height positions of the reference plane to obtain a reliable calibration. 因此,能够提高带、墨带60的行进性能及打印位置精度。 Therefore, it is possible to improve the belt, the ink ribbon and the traveling performance of the print position accuracy of 60.

[0341] 并且,本实施方式的带盒30的第一受支撑部391和第二受支撑部392以将打印位置即热头10的加热元件列IOA设在交点的方式,从彼此正交的方向上与头插入部39相邻。 [0341] Further, the present embodiment is a first cassette receiving portion 30 of the support 391 and the second support receiving portion 392 to the printing position, i.e., the heating elements of the thermal head 10 is located at the intersection of column IOA manner, from orthogonal to each other the direction of the head insertion portion 39 adjacent. 朝彼此正交的方向延伸的带盒支撑部741、742插入均为凹部的受支撑部391、392中而受支撑,因此,带盒30不仅上下方向的移动受到限制,前后方向及左右方向的移动也受限制。 Cassette supporting portion extending in a direction orthogonal to each other toward the concave portion 741 and 742 are inserted into the receiving portions 391 and 392 of the support by the support and, therefore, to move the tape cassette 30 is restricted not only in the vertical direction, longitudinal direction and lateral direction of the Mobile is also restricted. 由此,能够保持热头10和头插入部39的恰当的位置关系。 This makes it possible to maintain the proper positional relationship between the thermal head 10 and the head insertion portion 39.

[0342] 高度比图30及图31所示的带盒30低的带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下, 如图32及图33所示,受支撑部391、392 (更为详细地,第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B) 与带盒支撑部741、742抵接而受支撑。 [0342] height ratio of the tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 30 lower tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cartridge case accommodating portion 8, as shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 33, by the support portions 391 and 392 (a more detailed , the first, second lower side flat surface 391B, 392B) and the cassette supporting portions 741 and 742 and by the support abutment. 并且,当关闭带盒盖6时,头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914分别与第一受按压部393的第一上侧平坦表面393A及第二受按压部398的平坦表面398A抵接,从上方按压带盒30。 Also, when you close the cassette cover 6, the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914, respectively, with the flat surface of the first by pressing the first upper flat surface 393A and the second portion 393 by the pressing portion 398 398A abuts pressing the tape cassette 30 from above.

[0343] 图32及图33所示的带盒30与图30及图31所示的带盒30相比,设在底表面302 上的凹部即受支撑部391、392的深度较小。 [0343] FIG. 32 and the depth of the support portions 391 and 392 of FIG. 33 small tape cassette 30 and the tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 30 and FIG. 31 as compared to 302 provided on the bottom surface of the recess that is subject to. 带盒30的上下方向(高度方向)上,第一、第二下侧平坦表面39IB、392B和容纳在盒壳31中的带的上下方向中心位置(盒壳31的上下方向的中心线)N之间的距离H2是恒定的,与带盒30的类型无关。 Tape cassette in the vertical direction (height direction) 30 on the first and second lower planar surface 39IB, 392B and the center position in the vertical direction in the cassette accommodating case 31 of the tape (the vertical direction of the center line of the cassette case 31) N The distance between the H2 is constant, regardless of the tape cassette (30).

[0344] 并且,图32及图33所示的带盒30与图30及图31所示的带盒30相比,设在顶表面301上的凹部即第一受按压部393及第二受按压部398的深度设定得小。 [0344] Further, as shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 33 and FIG. 30 of the tape cassette 30 and the tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 31 as compared to 301 provided on the top surface of the receiving recess i.e. the first and the second pressing portion 393 that is Depth pressing portion 398 is set to be small. 带盒30的上下方向(高度方向)中的第一上侧平坦表面393A及平坦表面398A和盒壳31的上下方向的中心线N之间的距离Hl是恒定的,与带盒30的类型无关。 Hl N centerline distance between the tape cassette in the vertical direction (height direction) 30 of the first upper flat surface 393A and the vertical direction of the flat surface 398A and the cassette case 31 is constant, the tape cassette 30 regardless of the type of .

[0345] 如此,与带盒30的类型无关,S卩,即使带盒30的上下方向的高度不同,距离Hl及H2也均为恒定,由此能够在同一带式打印装置1中使用高度不同的多种带盒30。 [0345] Thus, regardless of the type of the tape cassette 30, S Jie, even if the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction of the height different from Hl and H2 are also constant, it is possible to use different heights in a same tape printing apparatus a plurality of tape cassette 30. 即使宽度不同的带盒,由于在带宽方向的中心一致的位置进行供给,因此能防止在带宽方向中心不一致时因在带宽方向上对带的压力差而产生的蛇状行进。 Even different widths tape cassette, since the same position of the center of width direction is supplied, thereby preventing snake-like in the width direction at the center due to inconsistency in the width direction of the pressure difference generated with the traveling.

[0346] 并且,在本实施方式中,与带盒30的类型无关,第一上侧平坦表面393A及平坦表面398A和盒壳31的上下方向中心线N之间距离H1,与第一、第二下侧平坦表面391B、392B 和盒壳31的上下方向中心线N之间的距离N2设定得相等。 [0346] In the present embodiment, regardless of the type of the tape cassette 30, the first upper flat surface 393A side of the vertical direction and the flat surface 398A and the center line of the cassette case 31 between the distance H1 N, and the first, Two lower side of the flat surface 391B, 392B and from the cassette case 31 in the vertical direction between the center line N is set to be equal to N2. 即,带盒盖6被关闭的状态下的头部按压部件7的下端和热头10(加热元件列10A)的上下方向中心位置之间的上下方向的距离,与第一支撑部741及第二支撑部742的高度位置和热头10的上下方向中心位置之间的距离相等。 From the vertical direction between the center position in the vertical direction, i.e., the cassette cover 6 is closed in a state where the head pressing member 7 and the lower end of the thermal head 10 (the heating element row 10A), the first support portion 741 and the second equidistant height position of the second support section 742 and the vertical direction of the center position between the thermal head 10. 此时,对带盒30的来自下方的支撑和来自上方的按压的平衡性好。 At this time, the tape cassette 30 from the support and pressing from above the bottom of well balanced. 因此, 能够稳定地维持热头10的上下方向的打印中心位置和带及墨带60的宽度方向中心位置之间的恰当的位置关系。 Appropriate positional relationship in the width direction between the center position 60 it is possible to stably maintain the thermal head 10 in the vertical direction and the center position of the printing tape and the ink ribbon.

[0347] 接着,参照图14,对带盒钩75与带盒30的闭锁进行说明。 [0347] Next, with reference to FIG. 14, the hook 75 of the tape cassette and tape cassette latch 30 will be described. 用户将带盒30嵌入盒容纳部分8而朝下方向压入时,首先,带盒30的底表面302与带盒钩75的爪部752抵接。 The tape cassette 30 is embedded user cassette housing portion 8 and pushed in downward direction, first, the bottom surface 30 of the tape cassette 302 and the cassette hook 75 of the claw portions 752 abut. 爪部752的上部朝后方(在图14中为左侧)向下倾斜,因此当用户进一步朝下方压入带盒30时,由来自底表面302的按压,具有挠性的突出部751朝前方(在图14中为右侧)弯 The upper claw portion 752 toward the rear (left side in FIG. 14) downward, so that when the user pressed further downward into the tape cassette 30 by pressing from the bottom surface 302, a flexible protrusion 751 toward the front (right side in FIG. 14) bend

曲ο Qu ο

[0348] 当用户进一步朝下方压入带盒30时,爪部752的最突出的位置沿着下头周壁373 朝上方移动,直至闭锁部分397。 [0348] When the user further downward pressure into the tape cassette 30, the most prominent location along the claw portion 752 of the lower head peripheral wall 373 moves upward until the latch portion 397. 突出部751再次返回到原来的位置,如图14所示,爪部752 闭锁在闭锁部分397中。 Projecting portions 751 again returns to the original position, shown in Figure 14, the claw portion 752 of the latch 397 in the closed section. 此时,带盒30成由受支撑部391、392支撑的状态。 At this time, the tape cassette 30 into a state that is supported by the support portions 391 and 392. 因此,与头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914对第一、第二受按压部393、398的按压同样,在安装到带式打印装置1之后,能够更可靠地限制带盒30向上浮的方向即上方移动,能够稳定地进行带的供给及打印。 Thus, the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914 of the first, second by pressing the pressing portion 393,398 of the same, in the mounted after the tape printing apparatus 1, it is possible to more reliably restrict the tape cassette 30 to the float upward direction, i.e., capable of stably supplying tape and printing.

[0349] 接着,对臂检测部200对带盒30类型的检测及闭锁件225与闭锁孔820的闭锁进行说明。 [0349] Next, a tape cassette type detector 30 detects the arm unit 200 and the latch 225 and the latch member latching hole 820 will be described. 当带盒30被用户安装到盒容纳部分8的恰当的位置而关闭带盒盖6时,压板保持器12从图5所示的待用位置朝图6至图8所示的打印位置移动。 When the tape cassette 30 installed by the user to the proper position cassette housing portion 8 of the cassette cover 6 is closed, the rest position from the platen holder 12 shown in FIG. 5 toward Figs. 6 to 8 print positions. 那么设在压板保持器12 上的带盒对向表面122上的臂检测部200及闭锁件225分别朝与设在带盒30的臂前壁35 上的臂指示器部分800及闭锁孔820相对的位置移动。 Well located on the pressure plate of the cassette holder 12 of the locking member 200 and arm detection portion surfaces 122 and 225 are provided toward the tape cassette 30 of 35 on the front wall of the arm and the arm indicator portion 800 opposite the latching hole 820 The position.

[0350] 从带盒对向表面122突出的五个臂检测开关210的开关端子222与分别设在臂指示器部分800的对应位置上的非按压部分801或按压部分802相对,从而被选择性的按压。 [0350] from the cassette-facing surface 122 protruding five arm detecting switch 222 and the switch are the non-pressing portion provided at the position corresponding to the arm indicator portion 800 of the terminal 801 or 210 of the pressing portion 802 opposite, thus selectively pressing. 在图4及图16所示的大宽度带盒30中,在公共指示器部分831的高度Tl范围内的上列的左侧设有非按压部分801,右侧设有按压部分802,下列的左侧设有按压部分802,右侧设有非按压部分801。 In the wide-width tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 16, the left side above within the scope of the common indicator portion 831 Tl height of the non-pressing portion 801 is provided, the pressing portion 802 is provided on the right side, the following the pressing portion 802 is provided on the left side, the right side of the non-pressing portion 801 is provided. 并且,跨越公共指示器部分831及其下方的延伸部分832,在其下方的预定高度T2范围内设有按压部分802。 And, across the common indicator portion 831 and the extension portion 832 below the predetermined height T2 range of features below the pressing portion 802.

[0351] 因此,如图34所示,与以跨越公共指示器部分831内的上列右侧的按压部分802、 下列左侧的按压部分802及公共指示器部分831及其下方的延伸部分832的方式设置的按压部分802相对的开关端子222被按压在作为按压部分802的臂前壁35的表面部分。 [0351] Thus, with the pressing portion 802 to span the right side of the above within the common indicator portion 831, the pressing of the left side portion extending below the common indicator portion 802 shown in Figure 34 and the bottom portion 831 and 832 the pressing portion 802 disposed opposite way switch terminal 222 is pressed as the pressing surface portion 802 of the arm portion 35 of the front wall. 其结果,臂检测开关210为开状态。 As a result, the arm detection switch 210 is open. 另一方面,与公共指示器部分831的高度Tl范围内的上列左侧及下列右侧的非按压部分801相对的开关端子222被插入作为非按压部分801的开关孔中。 On the other hand, above the left and right side of the following non-pressing portion 801 and Tl in the height range of common indicator portion 831 opposite switch terminal 222 is inserted into the hole as a switch in the non-pressing portion 801. 其结果,臂检测开关210为关状态。 As a result, the arm detection switch 210 is off.

[0352] 在图17及图18所示的小宽度带盒30中,在公共指示器部分831上设有避让孔803。 [0352] In FIG. 17 narrow-width tape cassette 30 shown in Figure 18 and, on the common indicator portion 831 provided with escape hole 803. 因此,在将带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,与避让孔803相对的开关端子222 不被按压,因此该臂检测开关210总是关状态。 Accordingly, in the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, and the escape hole 803 is not opposed to the switch terminal 222 is pressed, so the arm detecting switch 210 is always off. 根据如此获得五个臂检测开关210的开、关的组合,识别带盒30的类型。 According to the thus obtained five arm detecting switch type 210 and off of the combination, to identify the tape cassette 30. 更为详细地,带确定表被预先存储在R0M502(参照图15)。 In more detail, with determination table is stored in advance in R0M502 (see Fig. 15). 在带确定表中,臂检测开关210的开、关的组合与带盒30的类型建立对应。 In determining the table with the arm detection switch 210 on and off a combination of tape cassette 30 in correspondence. CPTO01(参照图15)参照带确定表,识别与臂检测开关210的开、关的组合对应的带盒的类型。 CPTO01 (refer to FIG. 15) is determined with reference to the table, to identify the arm detecting switch 210 open, corresponding to the combination of the type associated cassette.

[0353] 在图16所示的大宽度带盒30的例子中,最下列的指示器部分(按压部分802)以跨越公共指示器部分831及其下方的延伸部分832的方式设置。 [0353] Examples of the wide-width tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 16, the following indicator portion (the pressing portion 802) to cross the common indicator portion 832 and extending downward way 831 setup. 但是,与公共指示器部分831无关,还可将被延伸部分832完全包含的指示器部分(按压部分80设在最下列。此时,在将图17及图18所示的大宽度带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8的情况下,臂前壁35的下端成与该指示器部分对应的高度位置的上方。因此,在这种情况下,无需在小宽度带盒30 上设置避让孔803、避让台阶。并且,可以只在大宽度带盒30的公共指示器部分831上方的延伸部分832上设置指示器部分,还可在上方及下方延伸部分832双方上设置指示器部分。 However, independent of the common indicator portion 831, extending portions 832 may be completely contained in the indicator portion (pressing portion provided in the following 80. In this case, in FIG. 17 and the wide-width tape cassette 30 shown in FIG. 18 mounted to the cartridge case accommodating portion 8, the lower end of the arm front wall 35 into the upper portion with a height corresponding to the position of the pointer. Thus, in this case, no need to provide the escape hole 803 in the narrow-width tape cassette 30, avoidance steps. Further, the width can only large tape cassette indicator portion disposed on a common indicator portion 831 extending portion 832 of the top 30, but also on both sides extending portion 832 disposed above and below the indicator portion.

[0354] 在本实施方式中,在将带盒30安装到带式打印装置1时,用于上下方向定位的受支撑部391、392设在与头插入部39相邻的位置、即与设有臂指示器部分800的臂部34连接的位置。 When [0354] In the present embodiment, when the tape cassette 30 installed in the tape printing apparatus 1, by the support unit for the vertical orientation of 391,392 located in the head insertion portion 39 adjacent to the location, that is set up There position of the arm indicator portion 800 of the arm portion 34 is connected. 因此,在将带盒30安装到带式打印装置1时,臂检测开关210和臂指示器部分800的位置关系得到高精度的确保,因此能够防止臂检测开关210的误检测。 Accordingly, in the tape cassette 30 is installed into the tape printing apparatus 1, the arm detecting switches 210 and the arm indicator portion 800 of the positional relationship obtained to ensure accuracy, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection of the arm detecting switch 210.

[0355] 并且,在大宽度带盒30的情况下,在从公共指示器部分831朝带盒30的上下方向扩大的臂前壁35的预定区域(延伸部分832)上也设有指示器部分。 [0355] Further, in the case of the wide-width tape cassette 30 from the common indicator portion 831 toward the vertical direction of the tape cassette 30 of the enlarged region 35 of the predetermined arm front wall (extending portion 832) is also provided with the indicator portion . 如此,在有效活用延伸部分832而增大能被带式打印装置1检测的带盒30的类型数目的情况下,也能够确保检测精度。 Under such circumstances, the effective use of the extension 832 and the cassette tape printing apparatus 1 can be detected by an increase in the number of types 30, it is possible to ensure detection accuracy.

[0356] 并且,如上所述,闭锁件225与各开关端子222相比,突出高度大致相同或大。 [0356] As described above, the latch member 225 as compared with the switch terminal 222, protruding height substantially equal to or greater. 因此,只要带盒30被安装到盒容纳部分8的恰当的位置,就会插入闭锁孔820中。 Therefore, as long as the tape cassette 30 is mounted to the proper position of the cassette receiving portion 8, the latching hole 820 will be inserted. 另一方面, 在带盒30没有被安装到盒容纳部分8的恰当的位置而闭锁件225不与闭锁孔820相对,而是与臂前壁35的表面部分相对的情况下,开关端子222均不被臂前壁35按压。 On the other hand, in the case where the tape cassette 30 is not mounted to the proper position in the cassette housing portion 8 and the locking member 225 is not opposed to the latching hole 820, but the arm portions 35 of the front wall surface opposite switch terminals 222 are arm front wall 35 is not pressed.

[0357] 在本实施方式中,通过受支撑部391、392、第一受按压部393、第二受按压部398, 能够准确地进行带盒30的上下方向的定位。 [0357] In the present embodiment, by the support portions 391 and 392 through the first press receiving portion 393, second portion 398 by the pressing, can be positioned in the vertical direction of the tape cassette 30 accurately. 但是在朝下方的按压不够的情况等带盒30没有被恰当的安装的情况下,如上所述,闭锁件225防止各开关端子222和臂指示器部分800 接触。 However, pressing toward the bottom of the case is not enough and so the tape cassette 30 is not properly installed, as described above, the latch member 225 to prevent the respective switch terminals 222 and the arm indicator portion 800 contacts. 因此,臂检测开关210全部为关状态。 Therefore, the arm detection switch 210 are all off. 因此,只要在上述的带确定表中,将所有的关的组合设定为带盒30没有被恰当安装的状态,则能够检测带盒30的安装状态。 Therefore, as long as the band is determined in the above table, all combinations set off the tape cassette 30 is not properly installed state, it is possible to detect the state of the tape cassette 30 is installed.

[0358] 如上所述,闭锁件225因形成在下表面的倾斜部2而朝向前端其厚度逐渐减小。 [0358] As described above, the latch member 225 is formed by the lower surface of the inclined portion toward the front end of 2 thickness thereof gradually decreases. 闭锁孔820因形成在下臂部上的倾斜部821而朝向臂前壁35其上下方向的开口宽度逐渐变大。 Latching hole 820 is formed by the inclined portion 821 toward the lower arm on the arm front wall 35 in the vertical direction of the opening width gradually increases. 因此,闭锁件225在相对于闭锁孔820处于稍稍朝下方偏离的位置(带盒30从盒容纳部分8的恰当位置稍稍浮起的状态)的情况下,当压板保持器12朝打印位置移动时,由倾斜部26及倾斜部821的相互作用,闭锁件225被引入闭锁孔820的内部。 Thus, the latch member 225 in the hole 820 in respect to latching position deviated slightly downward (the tape cassette 30 from the proper position of the cassette housing portion 8 is slightly lifted state), when the platen holder 12 moves toward the print position , by the interaction of the inclined portion 26 and the inclined portion 821, the latch 225 is introduced into the interior 820 of the latching hole. 因此,只要是盒壳31从盒容纳部分8的恰当位置稍稍浮起的程度,就能使闭锁件225恰当地插入到闭锁孔820内,使臂检测开关210准确地与臂检测部分800相对。 Therefore, as long as the degree of the cassette case 31 from a proper position of the cassette housing portion 8 is slightly lifted, the latch member 225 can be properly inserted into the latching hole 820, the arm detecting switches 210 accurately detecting portion 800 relative to the arm.

[0359] 如上所述,设在臂指示器部分800上的指示器部分被配置成锯齿状,在左右方向上没有设在相同位置上的指示器部分。 [0359] As described above, provided in the arm indicator portion 800 of the indicator portion is arranged in a zigzag pattern in the horizontal direction is not set in the same location on the indicator portion. 即,在不设置闭锁件225的带式打印装置1、不设置闭锁孔820的带盒30的情况下,当带盒30朝上下方向偏离时,同样,所有的臂检测开关210 为开状态。 That is, the latch member 225 is not provided in the tape printing apparatus 1, do not set the latching hole 820 tape cartridge 30, when the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction of the deviation, the same, all the arm detecting switch 210 is open. 因此,能够使带式打印装置1识别出获得这种检测结果的情况为带盒30没有被恰当安装的状态,从而能够降低发生误检测的可能性。 Accordingly, the tape printing apparatus 1 recognizes a case where the detection result is obtained that the tape cassette 30 is not properly installed state, it is possible to reduce the possibility of erroneous detection.

[0360] 如以上所进行的说明,当带盒30在上下方向的恰当位置被定位后安装到盒容纳部分8时,带驱动轴100插进带驱动辊46中,墨带卷取轴95插进墨带卷取卷轴44中。 [0360] As described above carried out, when the tape cassette 30 in the proper position in the vertical direction is positioned mounted to the cartridge housing portion 8, the tape drive shaft 100 is inserted into the tape drive roller 46, the ribbon take-up shaft 95 is inserted into the ribbon take-up spool 44. 并且,当关闭带盒盖6时,压板保持器12朝打印位置移动,从而压板辊15与热头10相对。 Also, when you close the cassette cover 6, the platen holder 12 toward the print position, thus the platen roller 15 and the thermal head 10 relative. 同时,可移动供给辊14按压带驱动辊46。 At the same time, the movable feed roller 14 presses the tape drive roller 46. 由此,带式打印装置1成为可在打印介质上进行打印的状态。 Thus, the tape printing apparatus 1 becomes available for printing on a print medium state. 并且,通过臂检测部200,带盒30的类型被高精度地得到检测。 Further, by detecting the arm portion 200, the type of the tape cassette 30 is to be detected with high accuracy.

[0361] 在安装有图5及图6所示的层叠式带盒30的情况下,在带式打印装置1进行打印时,经由带驱动轴100旋转驱动的带驱动辊46通过与可移动供给辊14的协作,从第二带卷轴41引出薄膜带59。 [0361] In the case of the laminated type mounted tape cassette shown in FIG. 5 and 30 of FIG. 6, when the tape printing apparatus 1 for printing, the tape drive shaft 100 is rotated via the driving belt 46 by driving the movable feed roller Collaboration roller 14 from the second tape spool 41 with 59 drawn film. 并且,经由墨带卷取轴59旋转驱动的墨带卷取卷轴44与打印速度同步地从墨带卷轴42引出未使用的墨带60。 And, via the ribbon take-up shaft 59 driven to rotate the ribbon take-up spool 44 in synchronization with the print speed leads to unused ink ribbon 60 from the ribbon spool 42.

[0362] 从第二带卷轴41引出的薄膜带59通过墨带卷轴42的外侧,并且沿着臂部34内的供给路径被供给。 [0362] from the second tape spool 41 of the film tape 59 drawn through the outer side of the ink ribbon spool 42, and is fed along the feed path 34 inside the arm portion. 并且,薄膜带59在其表面重叠有墨带60的状态下,从出口341供给到头插入部39 (开口77)。 Also, the film tape 59 is superimposed on the surface 60 of the ink ribbon state, the supply from the exit 341 head insertion portion 39 (opening 77). 薄膜带59在带式打印装置1的热头10和压板辊15之间被供给。 Film tape 59 in the tape printer thermal head 10 and the platen roller 1 is supplied between 15. 在其间也同样,稳定的安装状态由受支撑部391、392、头部按压部件7及周边按压部件914、 带盒钩75的作用确保。 In the meantime also, stable mounting state by the support portions 391 and 392 by the head pressing member 7 and the periphery pressing member 914, the role of the cassette hook 75 is ensured.

[0363] 在热头10的上下方向的打印中心位置和薄膜带59的带宽方向中心位置被高精度地维持的状态下,通过热头10在薄膜带59的打印面上打印字符。 [0363] In the print center position and the width direction center position of the film tape 59 vertical thermal head 10 is accurately maintained state, 10 printing characters on the printed side of the film tape 59 by the thermal head. 之后,用完的墨带60通过墨带引导壁47从打印完的薄膜带59上剥离,从而卷绕在墨带卷取卷轴44上。 After running out of ink ribbon 60 through the ribbon guide wall 47 is peeled from the finished print of the film tape 59, which is wound on the ribbon take-up spool 44.

[0364] 另一方面,通过带驱动辊46和可移动供给辊14的协作,从第一带卷轴40引出双面胶带58。 [0364] On the other hand, through collaboration with the drive roller 46 and the movable feed roller 14 from the first tape spool 40 leads to the double-sided adhesive tape 58. 双面胶带58被引入带驱动辊46和可移动供给辊14之间而卷入,并且与打印完的薄膜带59的打印面重叠而粘合。 Double-sided adhesive tape 58 is introduced between the belt drive roller 14 and the movable feed roller 46 and involved, and while bonding with the finished print of the film with a print surface 59 overlap. 粘贴了双面胶带58的打印完的薄膜带59 (即已经打印的带50)进而被供给至带排出部49,从带排出部49排出后,被切割机构17切断。 After the double-sided tape pasted printing film tape 59 (i.e., the tape 50 has been printed) 58 in turn is supplied to the tape discharge portion 49, discharged from the tape discharge portion 49, the cutting mechanism 17 is cut off.

[0365] 在安装有图7所示的接收器式带盒30的情况下,经由带驱动轴100旋转驱动的带驱动辊46,通过与可移动供给辊14的协作,从第一带卷轴40引出打印带57。 [0365] In the attached FIG. 7 receptor type tape cassette 30, tape drive shaft 100 is rotationally driven via the belt drive roller 46, through collaboration with the movable feed roller 14 from the first tape spool 40 leads print belt 57. 并且,经由墨带卷取轴95旋转驱动的墨带卷取卷轴44,与打印速度同步地从墨带卷轴42引出未使用的墨带60。 And, via the ribbon take-up shaft 95 driven to rotate the ribbon take-up spool 44, in synchronization with the print speed from the ink ribbon spool 42 unused leads with 60. 从第一带卷轴40引出的打印带57在盒壳31的右前部朝左方折回,从而沿着臂部34内的供给路径被供给。 40 from the first tape spool print tape 57 drawn in the right front portion of the cassette case 31 is folded back toward the left, so as to be fed along the feed path 34 inside the arm portion.

[0366] 并且,打印带57在其表面重叠有墨带60的状态下从出口341供给到头插入部39。 [0366] In addition, the print tape 57 is superimposed on the surface of the ink ribbon 60 under the state supply the head insertion portion 39 from the outlet 341. 打印带57在带式打印装置1的热头10和压板辊15之间被供给。 Print tape 57 in the tape printer thermal head 10 and the platen roller 1 is supplied between 15. 并且,通过热头10在打印带57的打印面上打印字符。 And, by the thermal head 10 in Print character with a print surface 57. 之后,用完的墨带60通过墨带引导壁47从打印完的打印带57剥离,从而卷绕在墨带卷取卷轴44上。 After running out of ink ribbon 60 through the ribbon guide wall 47 from the printed print tape 57 peeled off, and thus wound on the ribbon take-up spool 44. 另一方面,打印完的打印带57 ( S卩,已经打印的带50)进而被供给到带排出部49,从带排出部49排出后,被切割机构17切断。 On the other hand, printed print tape 57 (S Jie, already printed tape 50) and then is supplied to the tape discharge portion 49, after discharge from the tape discharge portion 49, the cutting mechanism 17 is cut off.

[0367] 在安装有图8所示的热式带盒30的情况下,在打印时,经由带驱动轴100旋转驱动的带驱动辊46通过与可移动供给辊14的协作,从第一带卷轴40引出热敏纸带55。 [0367] In Fig. 8 mounted thermal ribbon cassette 30, at the time of printing, the tape drive shaft 100 is rotated via the belt drive roller 46 driven by collaboration with the movable feed roller 14 from the first tape Reel 40 leads to thermal paper tape 55. 从第一带卷轴40引出的热敏纸带55在盒壳31的右前部朝左方折回,从而沿着臂部34内的供给路径被供给。 The first tape spool 40 sensitive paper tape 55 drawn in the right front portion of the cassette shell 31 from the leftward folded so as to be fed along the feed path 34 inside the arm portion.

[0368] 并且,热敏纸带55从臂部34的出口341被供给到开口77,在热头10和压板辊15之间被供给。 [0368] In addition, the thermal paper tape 55 from the outlet 34 of the arm 341 is supplied to the opening 77, is fed between the thermal head 10 and the platen roller 15. 并且,通过热头10在热敏纸带55的打印面打印字符。 And, by the thermal head 10 to print characters in the thermal print surface 55 of the tape. 之后,通过带驱动辊46和可移动供给辊14的协作,打印完的热敏纸带55(即,已经打印的带50)进而被供给至带排出部49,从带排出部49排出后,被切割机构17切断。 Thereafter, through collaboration with the driving roller 46 and the movable feed roller 14, the heat-sensitive paper tape 55 after print (i.e., the tape 50 has been printed) is in turn supplied to the tape discharge portion 49, rear portion 49 is discharged from the tape discharge, 17 cut by the cutting mechanism.

[0369] 在进行热式打印时,通过墨带卷取轴95,墨带卷取卷轴44也被旋转驱动。 [0369] during thermal printing via ribbon take-up shaft 95, ribbon take-up spool 44 is also rotationally driven. 但是,在热式带盒30中未容纳有墨带。 However, in the thermal type tape cassette 30 is not accommodated in the ink ribbon. 因此,不会由墨带卷取卷轴44引出未使用的墨带,卷曲用完的墨带。 Therefore, does not lead to the unused ink ribbon by the ribbon take-up spool 44, the ribbon curling spent. 换言之,在具有墨带卷取轴95的带式打印装置1中使用热式带盒30的情况下,墨带卷取轴95的旋转驱动不会给热敏纸带55的打印动作带来影响,从而能够进行恰当的打印。 In other words, in having the ribbon take-up shaft 95 of the tape printing device 1 using a thermal ribbon cassette 30, the ribbon winding shaft rotary drive 95 will not affect the printing operation to the thermal paper tape 55 , it is possible to perform appropriate printing. 并且,在上述的带盒30中,也可以不设置墨带卷取卷轴44,在支撑孔68内使墨带卷取轴95同样进行空转。 Further, in the above-described tape cassette 30, may not be provided ribbon take-up spool 44 within the support hole 68 of the ink ribbon take-up shaft 95 in the same manner idling.

[0370] 并且,在本实施方式中,将作为通用带盒的带盒30使用在作为通用设备的带式打印装置1中。 [0370] In the present embodiment, as a general cassette tape cassette 30 for use in a device as common tape printing device. 因此,可以用一台带式打印装置1对应热敏式、接收器式、层叠式、热敏层叠式等各种带盒,从而无需对应不同的类型使用不同的带式打印装置。 Therefore, you can use a tape printing apparatus 1 corresponds thermal receiver type, layering, and other thermal stacked with boxes, eliminating the need to use different corresponding to different types of tape printing device. 并且,在制造带盒时,盒壳通常在将多个模具组合的基础上流入树脂而形成。 Further, in the manufacture of the tape cassette, the cassette case is formed usually on the basis of a plurality of inflow of the resin in the mold assembly. 只要是与相同带宽的带对应的带盒的话,则可以去除包含用于形成臂指示器部分800的部分的模具等一部分模具而使用公共模具,因此成本大大降低。 As long as the bandwidth of the band corresponding to the same tape cassette, then can be removed comprising means for forming a portion of the mold portion of the arm indicator portion 800 and the public mold, such as mold, thus greatly reducing the cost.

[0371] 并且,在本实施方式中,卷绕在第一带卷轴40及第二带卷轴41中的任意一个上的热敏纸带55、打印带57及薄膜带59分别相当于本实用新型的“带”。 [0371] In the present embodiment, the heat-sensitive paper tape wound on any one of the first tape spool 40 and the second tape spool 41 in 55, the print tape 57 and the film tape 59 correspond to the present utility model The "zone." 头插入部39相当于“打印头保持器插入部”。 Head insertion portion 39 corresponds to the "head holder insertion portion." 第一受支撑部391相当于“第一受支撑部”,带式打印装置1的第一支撑部741相当于带式打印装置的“第一支撑部”。 The first support receiving portion 391 corresponds to the "first support receiving portion", the tape printing device 1 of the first supporting portion 741 corresponding to the tape printing device, "the first support portion." 第二受支撑部392相当于“第二受支撑部”,带式打印装置1的第二支撑部742相当于“第二支撑部”。 The second support receiving portion 392 corresponds to the "second support receiving portion", the tape printing apparatus 1 of the second supporting portion 742 corresponds to the "second support portion."

[0372] 闭锁部分397相当于“钩接合部”。 [0372] blocking portion 397 corresponds to a "hook engagement." 带式打印装置1的带盒钩75相当于“钩”。 The tape printing device 1 cassette hook 75 corresponds to a "hook." 第一受按压部393相当于“受按压部”。 By pressing the first portion 393 corresponds to a "press receiving portion." 带式打印装置1的带盒盖6相当于“盖部”,头部按压部件7相当于“按压部件”。 Cassette cover of the tape printing apparatus 1 6 corresponds to the "lid portion", the head pressing member 7 corresponds to a "pressing member." 臂指示器部分800相当于“臂指示器部分”。 The arm indicator portion 800 corresponds to the "arm indicator portion." 非按压部分801 及按压部分802分别相当于“指示器部分”。 Non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802 correspond to "indicator portion." 带排出部49相当于“排出引导部”。 Tape discharge portion 49 corresponds to a "discharge guide." 调节部件361、362相当于“带引导部”。 Regulating members 361 and 362 corresponds to the "ribbon guide portion."

[0373] 底壳312的第一下侧平坦表面391B相当于“第一下侧平坦表面”。 [0373] the bottom case first lower flat surface 391B side 312 corresponds to the "first lower flat surface." 第一带下调节部381B、382B分别相当于“第一下侧调节部”。 The first adjusting portion gynecological 381B, 382B respectively corresponds to the "first lower regulating portion." 第二下侧平坦表面392B相当于“第二下侧平坦表面”。 The second lower flat surface 392B corresponds to the "second lower flat surface." 第二带下调节部363相当于“第二下侧调节部”。 Second lower tape regulating portion 363 corresponds to the "second lower regulating portion." 顶壳311的第一上侧平坦表面393A相当于“第一上侧平坦表面”。 311 top case on the side of the first flat surface 393A corresponds to a "first upper flat surface." 第一带上调节部381A、382A相当于“上侧调节部”。 The first tape regulating portion 381A, 382A corresponds to the "upper side regulating portion."

[0374](第二实施方式) [0374] (Second Embodiment)

[0375] 以下,参照图35至图38,对第二实施方式进行说明。 [0375] Next, with reference to FIG. 35 to 38, a second embodiment will be described. 其中,图36所例示的带盒30 为取下顶壳311的状态下的层叠式带盒。 Among them, 36 cases are shown in Fig tape cassette 30 to remove the top shell stacked cassette 311 under the state. 在第一实施方式中,在带式打印装置1的头保持器74中,在热头10的上游侧和下游侧的两个部位设置了两个带盒支撑部741、742。 In the first embodiment, the tape printing apparatus 1 of the first holder 74, the two parts of the thermal head in the upstream and downstream sides of the tape 10 is provided with two cassette supporting portions 741 and 742. 并且, 在带盒30上,对应于带盒支撑部741、742,在与头插入部39相邻的两个部位设置了受支撑部391、392。 Further, the tape cassette 30, corresponding to the cassette supporting portions 741 and 742, with the head insertion portion 39 is provided adjacent to the two portions 391 and 392 by the support portion. 在第二实施方式中,对只在头保持器74的上游侧设置带盒30的支撑部,并且在带盒30上也只在与头插入部39相邻的一个部位设置受支撑部的例子进行说明。 In the second embodiment, only the holding of the upstream side 74 of the tape cassette support portion 30 provided in the head, and the tape cartridge 30 only in the head insertion portion 39 and an adjacent portion of the supporting portion of the example provided by It will be described. 以下, 以与第一实施方式不同的结构为中心进行说明,对于与第一实施方式相同的结构,使用相同的标号,省略其说明。 Hereinafter, the configuration different from the first embodiment will be mainly described, and the same structure as the first embodiment, the same reference numerals, the description thereof is omitted.

[0376] 首先,对本实施方式的带式打印装置1进行说明。 [0376] First, the present embodiment of the tape printing apparatus 1 will be described. 如图35及图36所示,本实施方式的头保持器74为沿着带式打印装置1的左右方向在盒容纳部分8的前侧竖立设置的板状部件。 As shown in FIG. 35 and FIG. 36, the present embodiment is the head holder 74 along the tape printing plate member in the lateral direction of the front side of a cassette housing portion 8 of the erected device. 更为详细地,头保持器74具有底座部743和头固定部744。 More specifically, a head holder 74 has a base portion 743 and a head fixing portion 744. 底座部743固定在空腔811的底表面下方。 A base portion 743 fixed to the bottom of the cavity 811 in the bottom surface. 头固定部744从底座部743大致垂直地弯曲而向上方延伸。 Head fixing portion 744 extending from the base portion 743 bent substantially vertically upward. 盒容纳部分8中的头保持器74的配置位置为在安装有带盒30的情况下与后文说明的头插入部39对应的位置。 The head part 8 configured to maintain the position of the cassette housing 74 to position the tape cassette is installed in the case 30 described later and the head insertion portion 39 corresponds.

[0377] 如图36所示,本实施方式的头保持器74与第一实施方式(参照图4)不同,左右方向的长度比头插入部39的长度方向(左右方向)的长度短,其为完全容纳在头插入部39 内的尺寸。 [0377] As shown in Figure 36, the head of the present embodiment, the retainer 74 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 4) is different than the length of the head insertion direction around the longitudinal direction (lateral direction) of a short length of the portion 39, which is completely housed within the head insertion portion 39 in size. 在本实施方式中,在头保持器74自身上未设置定位带盒30的上下方向且从下方支撑的支撑部。 In this embodiment, the head holder 74 itself is not provided on the positioning of the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction and support from the support section below. 作为替代,如图35所示,与头保持器74的右侧邻接地设有上游侧支撑销104。 Alternatively, as shown in Figure 35, the retainer 74 is adjacent the right side of the head support pin 104 is provided on the upstream side.

[0378] 支撑销104为从空腔811朝上方竖立设置的圆柱状部件。 [0378] support pin 104 is cylindrical member 811 upward from the cavity erected. 支撑销104在将带盒30 安装到带式打印装置1的情况下,其圆柱状的顶表面与带盒30的第一受支撑部391的第一下侧平坦表面391B抵接,从下方支撑带盒30。 Support pin 104 in the tape cartridge 30 is mounted to the case of the tape printing apparatus 1, the cylindrical top surface of the first cassette by the first lower flat surface 30 of the support portion 391 391B abuts from below support tape cassette 30. 因此,如图36所示,支撑销104的直径比作为第一下侧平坦表面391B的仰视时为长方形的短边稍短。 Thus, as shown in FIG. 36, the ratio of the diameter of the support pin 104 as a first lower flat surface 391B side bottom rectangular short side shorter.

[0379] 接着,对本实施方式的带盒30进行说明。 [0379] Next, the present embodiment the tape cassette 30 will be described. 如图37所示,在本实施方式的底壳312 上,与第一实施方式同样,相对于热头10在与带供给方向上游侧的头插入部39相邻的位置(头插入部39的外周上)上,设有第一受支撑部391。 37, in the present embodiment, the bottom case 312, with the first embodiment, with respect to the thermal head 10 in the feeding direction upstream side with head insertion portion 39 adjacent to the position (head insertion portion 39 of the the outer periphery), and provided first by the support portion 391. 更为详细地,第一受支撑部391设在头插入部39的供给方向上游侧的端部附近。 More specifically, the vicinity of the end portion of the supporting portion 391 is provided on the upstream side of the feeding direction of the head insertion portion 39 of the first subject. 其中,在带盒30安装到带式打印装置1的盒容纳部分8的情况下,当头保持器74所具有的热头10的加热元件列IOA的位置(即打印位置)设为基准时,由支撑销104支撑的第一受支撑部391在从加热元件列IOA朝向头插入部39的带供给方向最上游侧的方向上设置于与头插入部39相邻的位置。 Wherein, in the case of the tape cassette 30 mounted to the cartridge tape printer 1 receiving section 8, pledge to keep the thermal head heating element 74 has 10 columns IOA position (ie the print position) as a reference, the a first portion supported by the support pin 104 supports the head 391 in a direction from the heating element toward the insertion portion 39 of the column IOA tape feed direction disposed at the most upstream side of the head insertion portion 39 adjacent to the location.

[0380] 并且,在顶壳311上,在盒壳31的上下方向上,在第一受支撑部391的上方且俯视时与第一受支撑部391重叠的位置,设有第一受按压部393 (参照图38)。 [0380] Further, the top case 311 in the vertical direction of the cassette case 31, above the first support receiving portion 391 and 391 overlap when viewed from a position with the first support receiving portion is provided by a first pressing portion 393 (see FIG. 38). 第一受按压部393 的第一上侧平坦表面393A其至少一部分与第一下侧平坦表面391B上下相对。 First by pressing the first upper flat surface portion 393 393A flat surface of at least a portion of its side and up and down relative to the first lower 391B.

[0381] 另一方面,与第一实施方式不同,在底壳312中,在头插入部39的下游侧,未设有构成受支撑部的凹部。 [0381] On the other hand, different from the first embodiment, in the bottom case 312, on the downstream side of the head insertion portion 39, constituting the recess is not provided by the support portion. 因此,设在臂部34内的第一带下调节部381B、382B只将第一下侧平坦表面391B作为基准面,设定上下方向的高度位置。 Thus, the arm portion 34 provided in the first lower tape regulating portions 381B, 382B only the first lower flat surface 391B as the reference surface, set height position in the vertical direction.

[0382] 以下,参照图38,对本实施方式的带盒30安装到带式打印装置1时的带盒30和带式打印装置1的作用进行说明。 [0382] Next, referring to FIG. 38, the present embodiment of the tape cassette 30 installed in the tape printer 1 when the tape cassette 30 and the tape printer 1 will be described role.

[0383] 当带盒30安装到盒容纳部分8且用户朝下方压入带盒30时,如图38所示,第一受支撑部391的第一下侧平坦表面391B与支撑销104的顶表面抵接,第一受支撑部391朝下方的进一步移动被限制。 [0383] When the tape cassette 30 is installed and the user downward portion 8 is pressed into the tape cassette 30, shown in Figure 38, the first by the side of the first lower flat surface 391 of the support portion 391B of the support pin 104 set-top box to accommodate abuts on the surface of the first portion 391 is restricted by the support towards the further downward movement. 并且,带盒30维持第一下侧平坦表面391B被支撑销104从下方支撑的状态。 And, 30 to maintain the first lower flat surface 391B is supported by the cassette supporting pin 104 downward from the state.

[0384] 并且,与第一实施方式相同,头部按压部件7与位于第一下侧平坦表面391B正上方的第一上侧平坦表面393A抵接而从上方进行按压。 [0384] Further, in the same manner with the first embodiment, the head pressing member 7 and the first lower planar surface located on the side 391B directly above the first upper flat surface 393A is pressed against and connected from above. 因此,使用这些基准面在打印位置附近恰当定位而安装的带盒30被可靠地固定。 Thus, the use of these planes in the vicinity of the printing position properly positioning the tape cassette 30 is installed securely fixed. 其结果,高精度地维持了热头10的上下方向的打印中心位置和薄膜带59的带宽方向中心位置,从而能够稳定地进行带的供给及打印。 As a result, the width direction accurately maintain the center position of the printing film tape 59 and the center position of the thermal head 10 in the vertical direction, thereby stably supplying tape and printing.

[0385] 如此,在本实施方式的带盒30中,在作为打印介质的薄膜带59上进行打印之前的位置上,设有第一受支撑部391。 [0385] Thus, in this embodiment, the tape cassette 30, the film tape 59 as the print media before printing position, with a first portion 391 by the support. 因此,对热头10的上下方向的打印中心位置和薄膜带59 的带宽方向中心位置的对齐最有效的位置上,进行上下方向的定位。 Therefore, the thermal head 10 in the vertical direction of the print center position and the film width direction is aligned with the center position 59 of the most effective position, posi